Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)
x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 30, 2011
OR
 
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM              TO            
Commission File No. 001-15007

Dave & Buster’s, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 
 	 	 	
MISSOURI	 	43-1532756	
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
2481 Mañana Drive
Dallas, Texas 75220
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(214) 357-9588
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x
Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.     Yes   ¨     No   x
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ¨     No   ¨

Indicate by checkmark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge in definitive proxy or informational statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     x
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “small reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	 	¨	  	Accelerated filer	 	¨	
 	 	 	 	
Non-accelerated filer	 	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	  	Smaller reporting company	 	¨	
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x
The number of shares of the Issuer’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of April 12, 2011, was 100 shares.

 

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 30, 2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	  	 	  	Page	 	
 	 	 	
 	  	PART I	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 1.	  	BUSINESS	  	 	3	  	
ITEM 1A.	  	RISK FACTORS	  	 	9	  	
ITEM 1B.	  	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	  	 	17	  	
ITEM 2.	  	PROPERTIES	  	 	17	  	
ITEM 3.	  	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	  	 	18	  	
ITEM 4.	  	REMOVED AND RESERVED	  	 	18	  	
 	 	 	
 	  	PART II	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 5.	  	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	  	 	18	  	
ITEM 6.	  	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	  	 	18	  	
ITEM 7.	  	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	  	 	19	  	
ITEM 7A.	  	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	  	 	34	  	
ITEM 8.	  	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	  	 	34	  	
ITEM 9.	  	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	  	 	34	  	
ITEM 9A.	  	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	  	 	34	  	
ITEM 9B.	  	OTHER INFORMATION	  	 	35	  	
 	 	 	
 	  	PART III	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 10.	  	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	  	 	35	  	
ITEM 11.	  	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	  	 	39	  	
ITEM 12.	  	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	  	 	46	  	
ITEM 13.	  	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	  	 	48	  	
ITEM 14.	  	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	  	 	48	  	
 	 	 	
 	  	PART IV	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 15.	  	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	  	 	51	  	
 	  	SIGNATURE PAGE	  	 	52	  	

2

Table of Contents
PART I
 
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	
Company Overview
References to “Dave & Buster’s,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”) are references to Dave & Buster’s, Inc., its subsidiaries and predecessor companies. All dollar amounts in this Report are presented in thousands with the exception of item prices and compensation information included in Item 11. We are the leading owner and operator of high-volume venues that combine dining and entertainment in North America. We define high volume as those entertainment and dining venues with average annual store volume in excess of $5,000. We offer our customers a unique opportunity to “ Eat Drink Play ® ” all in one location, through a full menu of high-quality food and beverage items combined with an extensive assortment of entertainment attractions, including state-of-the-art video games, interactive simulators and other games of skill. We developed this concept in 1982, and remain the only company offering this customer experience under a single brand and on a national basis. We believe we appeal to a diverse customer base by providing a highly customizable experience in a dynamic and fun setting. Our guests are a balanced mix of male and female adults, primarily between the ages of 21 and 44, as well as families and teenagers.
As of January 30, 2011, we owned and operated 57 stores in 24 states and Canada. In addition, there is one franchised store operating in Canada. Our stores, ranging in size between 16,000 and 66,000 square feet, are open seven days a week and our average revenues per comparable store were $9,839 in fiscal 2010.
Our History
In 1982, David “Dave” Corriveau and James “Buster” Corley founded Dave & Buster’s under the belief that there was consumer demand for a combined experience of entertainment, food and drinks. We opened our first two stores in Dallas, Texas in 1982 and 1988. Since 1989, we expanded our portfolio nationally from the two stores in Dallas, Texas to 57 stores across 24 states and Canada, and one franchised store in Canada.
From 1997 to early 2006, we operated as a public company under the leadership of Dave and Buster. In March 2006, Dave & Buster’s was acquired by Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc. (“D&B Holdings”), formerly known as WS Midway Holdings, a newly-formed holding company controlled 82% by affiliates of Wellspring Capital Management LLC (“Wellspring”) and 18% by affiliates of HBK Investments L.P. (“HBK”).
On June 1, 2010, Games Acquisition Corp. (“Holdings”), a newly-formed Delaware corporation owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, “Oak Hill”) acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of D&B Holdings from Wellspring and HBK. In connection therewith, Games Merger Corp., a newly-formed Missouri corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, merged (the “OH Merger”) with and into D&B Holdings’ wholly-owned, direct subsidiary, Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (with Dave & Buster’s, Inc. being the surviving corporation in the OH Merger). After the acquisition transactions described above (collectively, the “Acquisition”), Oak Hill owned approximately 96% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management owned approximately 4% of the outstanding capital stock of Holdings. Subsequent to the transactions described above, Holdings changed its name to Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. (“Parent Co.”).
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require operating results for Dave & Buster’s prior to the Acquisition completed on June 1, 2010 to be presented as Predecessor’s results in the historical financial statements. Operating results for Dave & Buster’s subsequent to the Acquisition are presented or referred to as Successor’s results in the historical financial statements.
Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31. All references to fiscal 2010 relate to the combined 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 of the Successor and the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 of the Predecessor. All references to fiscal 2009 relate to the 52 week period ended January 31, 2010 of the Predecessor. All references to fiscal 2008 relate to the 52 week period ended February 1, 2009 of the Predecessor.
On September 30, 2010, Parent Co. repurchased $1,500 of its capital stock from a former member of management. Subsequent to the repurchase, Oak Hill controls approximately 96.6% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 3.4% of the outstanding capital stock of Parent Co.
Our concept—Eat Drink Play®
When our founders opened our first location in Dallas in 1982, they sought to create a unique venue providing interactive entertainment options for adults and families, while serving high-quality food and beverages. Since then we have followed the same principle for each new store, and in doing so have developed a distinctive brand based on a differentiated customer value proposition:  Eat Drink Play ® . The interplay between entertainment, dining and full-service bar areas is the defining feature of the Dave & Buster’s
 
3

Table of Contents
customer experience, and the layout of each store is designed to maximize crossover between these activities. We believe this creates an experience that cannot be replicated at home or elsewhere without having to visit multiple destinations. Our guests enjoy the flexibility to tailor each visit into a highly customized experience, which we believe further differentiates our brand. Our locations are also designed to be attractive venues for private parties, business functions and other corporate sponsored events. Special events represented approximately 12% of our revenues in fiscal 2010.
Eat Drink
Our menu emphasizes high-quality meals, including gourmet pastas, steaks, sandwiches, salads and an outstanding selection of desserts. We believe the quality of our food offering compares favorably to that of higher-end casual dining operators. Our regular entrée prices typically range from $7.89 to $20.99. Each of our locations offers full bar service throughout the store, including an extensive array of beers and a wide selection of wines, signature cocktails, premium spirits and non-alcoholic beverages. We believe that each location’s combination of high-quality food and beverages, and attentive and friendly service, provides us with a competitive advantage compared to alternative entertainment venues. Approximately 51% of total revenues were derived from food and beverage sales during fiscal 2010.
Play
Each of our stores has a Midway, an extensive array of amusements and entertainment options, typically including over 150 games with approximately 250 player positions. Our Midways occupy a significant area within our stores and are high-energy social gathering and entertainment areas for our customers. Amusement and other revenues accounted for approximately 49% of our total revenues during fiscal 2010.
Redemption Games. Redemption games represented 75% of our amusement revenues in fiscal 2010 and offer an opportunity for guests to win tickets that are redeemable at our “Winner’s Circle” for prizes ranging from branded novelty items to high-end home electronics. This “opportunity to win” creates a high-energy social experience that is an important aspect of the Dave & Buster’s in-store experience and cannot be replicated at home. These games are core to our concept and classic in nature, and generally do not require frequent replacement.
Video and Simulation Games. Video and simulation games represented approximately 21% of our amusement revenues in fiscal 2010. Our video and simulation games can be played by one guest or by multiple guests simultaneously. These games include interactive electronic battlefield games, fantasy games, motion simulation racing games, large screen interactive electronic games and golf simulators. We seek to maintain the most up-to-date and technologically advanced games.
Traditional Games and Entertainment. Traditional games and entertainment represented approximately 4% of our amusement revenues in fiscal 2010. Our traditional amusements include billiards, bowling and shuffleboard tables, as well as multiple televisions and high quality audio systems providing guests with an attractive venue for watching live sports and other televised events.
Power Cards
Our games are typically activated with magnetic swipe cards, which we refer to as Power Cards®. Power Cards are rechargeable with game play credits, which we refer to as chips, and can be used to accumulate tickets won in redemption games. Power Cards allow our guests to activate games easily and encourage extended play and return visits by guests who have remaining credits and tickets at the end of their visit. Power Cards also facilitate our innovative promotional activity (for example, we bundle our Power Card with our food offerings and offer the Eat & Play Combo ® ), and eliminate the technical difficulties and maintenance issues associated with coin-activated equipment.
Our Strategy
In the highly competitive restaurant and entertainment industries, we believe the ability of our guests to experience the best combination of entertainment and dining in a fun and high-energy atmosphere differentiates the Dave & Buster’s experience. Unlike the strategy employed by many restaurants of shortening visit times by focusing on turning tables faster, we aim to increase the length of stay in our locations to drive high-margin incremental revenues. Specific elements of our strategy include:
Grow our comparable store sales. We intend to grow our comparable store sales by continuing to differentiate the Dave & Buster’s brand from other food and entertainment alternatives, with emphasis on the following initiatives:
Maintaining fresh and exciting entertainment options: Entertainment options are the core differentiating feature of the
 
4

Table of Contents
Dave & Buster’s brand, and staying current with the latest offerings helps drive repeat visits. Many of Dave & Buster’s games are “evergreen,” as they remain highly profitable over long useful lives and do not become obsolete. In fiscal 2011 we expect to spend approximately $158 in each of our stores on game replenishment, which we believe serves to drive brand relevance and comparable store sales growth.
Continuously improving the total guest experience: We believe that continued focus on improving guest experience will help to drive incremental guest traffic, extend guests’ length of stay and result in incremental revenue. In early 2007, we implemented a range of guest feedback tools throughout the organization, including an ongoing Guest Satisfaction Survey and Quarterly Brand Health Study, which enable us to collect information from our guests and use these insights to improve our overall guest experience. We believe these surveys identified several key drivers of guest satisfaction, and we have initiated programs to improve food quality, service levels, facility cleanliness and the playing conditions of our games.
Over the past several years, we have significantly improved the quality of the guest experience as measured by our Guest Satisfaction Survey. The percentage of guests rating us “Top Box” or “Excellent” in the categories of “Overall Experience”ratings increased from 54.3% in fiscal 2008 to 73.2% in fiscal 2010. Likewise, the scores on “Very Likely” in the category of “Intent to Recommend to a Friend, Relative or Colleague” have increased from 66.3% in fiscal 2008 to 77.4% in fiscal 2010.
Innovative marketing and promotion: In order to drive traffic, in recent years we have improved food quality, introduced new menu items and developed new marketing innovations, such as bundling food and entertainment through our Eat & Play Combo and other promotions aimed specifically at off-peak hours. We have increased amusement revenues and helped extend average guest stay by introducing higher price point Power Cards and leveraging our investment in automated kiosks to prompt consumers to purchase these Power Cards.
We have also refocused our marketing strategy and increased our mix of television advertising from $144 locally in fiscal 2005 (1% of our total marketing expenditures) to $15,139 on national cable television networks in fiscal 2010 (57% of our total marketing expenditures). We believe that in the current consumer environment such initiatives have been a key component maintaining walk-in comparable store sales trends. We believe that continued enhancements to our marketing initiatives and increased focus on our loyalty program, digital strategies and local store marketing efforts will resonate strongly with guests and help to drive incremental and new guest traffic. We have a substantial database of customer profiles from our customer loyalty program that can be utilized in targeted marketing initiatives in the future.
Continue to improve margins. We believe that we have significant additional opportunities to reduce costs and increase margins beyond our accomplishments in these areas to date. We implemented new technology such as self-service Power Card kiosks, kitchen display systems and a new cost of sales tracking system to improve unit-level profitability. We have also adjusted our menu mix to emphasize higher margin items with stronger customer appeal. In addition, we have centralized functions that were previously executed at the store level, including special events planning and accounting. These centralization efforts have translated into a significant reduction in headcount.
In the future, we believe that improved labor scheduling technology will allow us to increase labor productivity. We also believe that continued focus on operating margins at individual locations and the deployment of best practices across our brand will yield incremental margin improvements. Additionally, the operational turnaround at Dave & Buster’s has laid the foundation for significant organic growth as the economy and sales begin to recover. We expect greater than 50% flow through from incremental comparable store sales due to our low cost, high margin operating model.
New Store Development. We plan to selectively open new stores. In the past several years, we have rebuilt our new store pipeline by instituting a systematic site selection process using seven key benchmarks designed to enhance new site selection. We are targeting an annual return on invested capital of 25% to 35% for future new store openings, levels that are consistent with Dave & Buster’s store openings in recent years. In addition, we have reduced the target size of large format units to approximately 35,000 – 40,000 square feet and introduced smaller 16,000 – 23,000 square foot unit formats to give us the flexibility to enter new smaller markets and backfill existing markets. We believe the Dave & Buster’s brand is significantly under-penetrated, with internal studies and third-party research suggesting a total store opportunity in the United States and Canada in excess of 150 stores. We believe our national advertising program generates national brand awareness, which in turn helps facilitate new market development.
Site Selection
We believe that the location of stores is critical to our long-term success. We devote significant time and resources to strategically analyze each prospective market, trade area and site. We continually identify, evaluate and update our database of potential locations for expansion. To refine our site selection, we recently conducted extensive demographic and market analyses to determine the key drivers of successful new store performance. We now base new site selection on an analytical evaluation of a set of drivers we believe increase the probability of successful, high-volume stores.
During 2010, we opened one store in Wauwatosa, Wisconsin and one store in Roseville, California. The store in Wauwatosa (Milwaukee) opened as a large format design on March 1, 2010 and the store in Roseville (Sacramento) opened as a small format design on May 3, 2010. In 2009, we opened three new stores in Richmond, Virginia; Indianapolis, Indiana; and Columbus, Ohio. In 2008, we opened three new stores in Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania; Arlington, Texas; and Tulsa, Oklahoma.
 
5

Table of Contents
At the end of fiscal 2010 we had one large format store under construction in Orlando, Florida. We plan to open two additional stores (one store in Oklahoma and one store in Massachusetts) in fiscal 2011.
Our Store Formats
We have historically operated stores varying in size from 29,000 to 66,000 square feet. After significant store-level research and analysis we have found that incremental square footage in excess of 40,000 yields limited incremental sales volumes and lower margins. We have also experienced significant variability among stores in volumes, individual store-level EBITDA and net investment costs. Further, we have conducted sales per square foot analyses on individual games and improved the mix of the more profitable attractions within the stores. In order to optimize sales per square foot and further enhance our store economics, we have reduced the target size of our future large format stores to 35,000 – 40,000 square feet. We may take advantage of local market and economic conditions to open stores that are larger or smaller than this target size. To accomplish this, we have reduced the back of house space, and optimized the sales area allocated to billiards and other traditional games in favor of space dedicated to more profitable video and redemption games. As a result, we expect to generate significantly higher sales per square foot than the average of our current store base.
To facilitate further growth of our brand, we have developed a small store format specifically designed to backfill existing markets and penetrate less densely populated markets. We opened our initial store using a small store format in Tulsa, Oklahoma, in January 2009. We also opened small store formats in Richmond, Virginia in April 2009, Columbus, Ohio in October 2009 and Roseville, California in May 2010. We believe that the small store format will maintain the unique and dynamic guest experience that is the foundation of our brand and allow us flexibility in our site selection process. Moreover, we expect the format to yield higher margins than our current stores by optimizing the ratio of “selling space” to back of the house square footage and improving fixed cost leverage. Finally, we believe that the small store format will allow us to take less capital investment risk per store. As a result, we are targeting these smaller format stores to achieve higher returns, more efficient sales per square foot, reduce pre-opening costs relative to our larger formats, and to enable us to expand into additional markets.
Our stores generally are located on land leased by our subsidiaries. Our lease terms, including renewal options, range from 20 to 40 years. Our leases typically provide for a minimum annual rent and contingent rent to be determined as a percentage of the applicable store’s annual gross revenues, subject to market-based minimum annual rents. We currently pay contingent rent in only a small number of our stores. Generally, leases are “net leases” that requires us to pay our pro rata share of taxes, insurance and maintenance costs. Typically, one of our subsidiaries is a party to the lease, and performance is guaranteed by the Company for all or for a portion of the lease term.
In addition to our leased stores, we lease a 47,000 square foot office building and 30,000 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as our corporate headquarters and distribution center. This lease expires in October 2021, with options to renew until October 2041. We also lease a 22,900 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as additional warehouse space. This lease expires in January 2014.
Marketing, Advertising and Promotion
Our corporate marketing department manages all consumer-focused initiatives for the Dave & Buster’s brand. In order to drive sales and expand our guest base, we focus our efforts in three key areas:
Marketing: national advertising, media, promotions, in-store merchandising, pricing, local and digital marketing programs
Food and beverage: menu & product development, in-store execution
Customer insights: research, brand health & tracking
We spent approximately $26,664 in marketing efforts in fiscal 2010, $26,588 in fiscal 2009 and $26,605 in fiscal 2008. We have improved marketing effectiveness through a number of initiatives. Over the last three years, we:
 
 	•	 	performed extensive research to better understand our guest base and fine-tune the brand positioning;	
 
 	•	 	refined our marketing strategy to better reach both young adults and families;	
 
 	•	 	created a new advertising campaign;	
 
 	•	 	invested in menu research and development to differentiate our food offerings from our competition and improve key product attributes (quality, consistency, value and overall guest satisfaction) and execution;	
 
6

Table of Contents
 	•	 	developed product/promotional strategies to attract new customers and increase spending/length of stay;	
 
 	•	 	leveraged our loyalty database to engage and motivate customers;	
 
 	•	 	invested more in digital social media to create stronger relationships with consumers; and	
 
 	•	 	defined a consistent brand identity that reflects our quality, heritage and energy.	
To drive traffic and increase visit frequency and average check size, the bulk of our marketing budget is allocated to our national cable television media. To enhance that effort, we also develop:
 
 	•	 	local marketing plans	
 
 	•	 	in-store promotions	
 
 	•	 	digital loyalty programs	
 
 	•	 	market-wide print	
 
 	•	 	national and local radio	
 
 	•	 	emails	
 
 	•	 	websites	
We work with external advertising, digital, media and design agencies in the development and execution of these programs.
Special Event Marketing
Our corporate and group sales programs are managed by our sales department, which provides direction, training, and support to the special events managers and their teams within each location. They are supported by a Special Events Call Center located at our Corporate Office, targeted print and online media plans, as well as promotional incentives at appropriate times across the year.
Operations
Management
The management of our store base is divided into six regions, each of which is overseen by a Regional Operations Director or Regional Vice President who reports to the President and Chief Operating Officer. Our Regional Operators oversee seven to ten Company-owned stores each, which we believe enables them to better support the General Managers and achieve sales and profitability targets for each store within their region. In addition, we have one Regional Operations Director who primarily focuses on new store openings.
Our typical store team consists of a General Manager supported by an average of eight additional management positions. There is a defined structure of development and progression of job responsibilities from Line Manager through various positions up to the General Manager role. This structure ensures that an adequate succession plan exists within each store. Each Management member handles various departments within the location including responsibility for hourly employees. A typical store employs approximately 150 hourly employees, many of whom work part time. The General Manager and the management team is responsible for the day-to-day operation of that store, including the hiring, training and development of team members, as well as financial and operational performances. Our stores are generally open seven days a week, from 11:30 a.m. to midnight on weekdays and 11:30 a.m. to 1:00 a.m. on weekends.
Operational Tools and Programs
We utilize a customized food and beverage analysis program that determines the theoretical food and beverage costs for each store and provides additional tools and reports to help us identify opportunities, including waste management. Our managers perform a weekly complete “test drive” of each game to ensure that our amusement offerings are consistent and operational. Consolidated reporting tools for each key driver of our business exist for our Regional Operations Directors to be able to identify and troubleshoot any systemic issues.
 
7

Table of Contents
Management Information Systems
We utilize a number of proprietary and third party management information systems. These systems are designed to enable our games functionality, improve operating efficiencies, provide us with timely access to financial and marketing data, and reduce store and corporate administrative time and expense. We believe our management information systems are sufficient to support our store expansion plans.
Training
We strive to maintain quality and consistency in each of our stores through the careful training and supervision of our team members and the establishment of, and adherence to, high standards relating to personnel performance, food and beverage preparation, game playability and maintenance of our stores. We provide all new team members with complete orientation and one-on-one training for their positions to help ensure they are able to meet our high standards. All of our new team members are trained by partnering with a certified trainer to assure that the training and information they receive is complete and accurate. Team members are certified for their positions by passing a series of tests, including alcohol awareness training.
We require our new store managers to complete an 8-week training program that includes front of the house service, kitchen, amusements, and management responsibilities. Newly trained managers are then assigned to their home store where they receive additional training with their General Manager. We place a high priority on our continuing management development programs in order to ensure that qualified managers are available for our future openings. We conduct semi-annual talent reviews with each manager to discuss prior performance and future performance goals. Once a year we hold a General Manager conference in which our General Managers share best practices and also receive an update on our business plan.
When we open a new store, we provide varying levels of training to team members in each position to ensure the smooth and efficient operation of the store from the first day it opens to the public. Prior to opening a new store, our dedicated training and opening team travels to the location to prepare for an intensive two week training program for all team members hired for the new store opening. Part of the training teams stay on site during the first week of operation. We believe this additional investment in our new stores is important, because it helps us provide our guests with a quality experience from day one.
After a store has been opened and is operating smoothly, the managers supervise the training of new team members.
Recruiting and Retention
We seek to hire experienced General Managers and team members, and offer competitive wage and benefit programs. Our store managers all participate in a performance based incentive program that is based on sales, profit and employee retention goals. In addition, our salaried and hourly employees are also eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan, medical/dental/vision insurance plans and also receive vacation/paid time off based on tenure.
Food Preparation, Quality Control and Purchasing
We strive to maintain high food quality standards. To ensure our quality standards are met, we negotiate directly with independent producers of food products. We provide detailed quality and yield specifications to suppliers for our purchases. Our systems are designed to protect the safety and quality of our food supply throughout the procurement and preparation process. Within each store, the Kitchen Manager is primarily responsible for ensuring the timely and correct preparation of food products, per the recipes we specify. We provide each of our stores with various tools and training to facilitate these activities.
The principal goods we purchase are games, prizes and food and beverage products, which are available from a number of suppliers.
Foreign Operations
We own and operate one store outside of the United States in Toronto, Canada. This store generated revenue of approximately $10,071 USD in fiscal year 2010, representing approximately 1.9% of our consolidated revenue. As of January 30, 2011, we have less than 2% of our long-lived assets located outside the United States. Additionally, a franchisee operates a Dave & Buster’s store located in Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada which opened on June 25, 2009.
The foreign activities are subject to various risks of doing business in a foreign country, including currency fluctuations, changes in laws and regulations and economic and political stability. We do not believe there is any material risk associated with the Canadian operations or any dependence by the domestic business upon the Canadian operations.
Suppliers
 
8

Table of Contents
The principal goods used by us are games, prizes and food and beverage products, which are available from a number of suppliers. We have expanded our contacts with amusement merchandise suppliers through the direct import program. Federal and state health care mandates and mandated increases in the minimum wage could have the repercussion of increasing expenses, as suppliers may be adversely impacted by higher health care costs and increases in the minimum wage.
Intellectual Property
We have registered the trademarks Dave & Buster’s®, Power Card®, Eat & Play Combo®, and Eat Drink Play® with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in various foreign countries. We have also registered and/or applied for certain additional trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in various foreign countries. We consider our trade name and our signature “bulls-eye” logo to be important features of our operations and seek to actively monitor and protect our interest in this property in the various jurisdictions where we operate. We also have certain trade secrets, such as our recipes and certain software programs that we protect by requiring all of our employees to sign a code of ethics, which includes an agreement to keep trade secrets confidential.
Employees
As of January 30, 2011, we employed 6,586 persons, 175 of whom served at world headquarters, 532 of whom served as management personnel and the remainder of whom were hourly personnel.
None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and we have never experienced an organized work stoppage, strike or labor dispute. We believe working conditions and compensation packages are competitive with those offered by competitors and consider our relations with our employees to be good.
Corporate Information
Our corporate headquarters is located at 2481 Mañana Drive, Dallas, Texas, and our telephone number is (214) 357-9588. Our website is www.daveandbusters.com .
You may obtain, free of charge, copies of our reports filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on Forms 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K, at our internet website. These reports will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. In addition, you may view and obtain, free of charge, at our website, copies of our corporate governance materials, including, Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Code of Business Ethics, and Whistle Blower Policy.
 
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	
We wish to caution you that our business and operations are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. The factors listed below are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical results and from those projected in forward-looking statements contained in this report, and our other filings with the SEC, in our news releases, written or electronic communications, and verbal statements by our representatives.
You should be aware that forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties may cause our or our industry’s actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements contained in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are generally accompanied by words like “believes,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “expects,” and other similar expressions that convey uncertainty about future events or outcomes.
Risks Related to Our Business
The continued economic uncertainty in the U.S. and Canada impacts our business and financial results and a renewed recession could materially affect us in the future.
Our business is dependent upon consumer discretionary spending. The continued economic uncertainty in the U.S. and Canada has reduced consumer confidence to historic lows impacting the public’s ability and/or desire to spend discretionary dollars as a result of job losses, home foreclosures, significantly reduced home values, investment losses in the financial markets, personal bankruptcies, and reduced access to credit, resulting in lower levels of guest traffic in our stores. Leading economic indicators, such as unemployment and consumer confidence, remain volatile and may not show meaningful improvement in fiscal 2011. If conditions worsen, our business, results of operation and ability to comply with the covenants under our senior secured credit facility could be materially affected and may result in a deceleration of the number and timing of new store openings. Continued
 
9

Table of Contents
deterioration in customer traffic and/or a reduction in the average amount guests spend in our stores will negatively impact our revenues. This will result in sales de-leverage, spreading fixed costs across a lower level of sales, and will, in turn cause downward pressure on our profitability. This could result in reductions in staff levels, asset impairment charges and potential closures. Future recessionary effects on the Company are unknown at this time and could have a potential material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. There can be no assurance that the government’s plans to stimulate the economy will restore consumer confidence, stabilize the financial markets, increase liquidity and the availability of credit, or result in lower unemployment.
The current economic crisis could have a material adverse impact on our landlords or other tenants in shopping centers in which we are located, which in turn could negatively affect our financial results.
If the recession continues or increases in severity, our landlords may be unable to obtain financing or remain in good standing under their existing financing arrangements, resulting in failures to pay required construction contributions or satisfy other lease covenants to us. In addition, other tenants at shopping centers in which we are located or have executed leases may fail to open or may cease operations. Decreases in total tenant occupancy in shopping centers in which we are located may affect foot traffic at our stores. All of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
Our growth strategy depends on our ability to open new stores and operate them profitably.
As of January 30, 2011, there were 57 company-owned locations in the United States and Canada and one franchise location in Canada. A key element of our growth strategy is to open additional stores in locations that we believe will provide attractive returns on investments. We have identified a number of additional sites for potential future Dave & Buster’s stores. Our ability to open new stores on a timely and cost-effective basis is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including our ability to:
 
 	•	 	find quality locations;	
 
 	•	 	reach acceptable agreements regarding the lease or purchase of locations;	
 
 	•	 	comply with applicable zoning, land use and environmental regulations;	
 
 	•	 	raise or have available an adequate amount of money for construction and opening costs;	
 
 	•	 	timely hire, train and retain the skilled management and other employees necessary to meet staffing needs;	
 
 	•	 	obtain, for acceptable cost, required permits and approvals, including liquor licenses; and	
 
 	•	 	efficiently manage the amount of time and money used to build and open each new store.	
If we succeed in opening new stores on a timely and cost-effective basis, we may nonetheless be unable to attract enough customers to new stores because potential customers may be unfamiliar with our stores or atmosphere, or our entertainment and menu options might not appeal to them. Only a small number of our existing stores are the size of our target 35,000 – 40,000 square foot format for our larger stores and as of January 30, 2011, we operate four small format stores. We cannot provide any assurance that our new format stores will meet or exceed the performance of our existing stores or meet or exceed our performance targets, including target sales to net investment ratios and cash-on-cash returns. New stores may even operate at a loss, which could have a significant adverse effect on our overall operating results. Opening a new store in an existing market could reduce the revenue at our existing stores in that market. In addition, historically, new stores experience a drop in revenues after their first year of operation. Typically, this drop has been temporary and has been followed by increases in comparable store revenue in line with the rest of our comparable store base, but there can be no assurance that this will be the case in the future or that a new store will succeed in the long term.
Our expansion into new markets may present increased risks due to our unfamiliarity with the area.
Some of our new stores will be located in areas where we have little or no meaningful experience. Those markets may have different competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, which may cause our new stores to be less successful than stores in our existing markets. An additional risk of expanding into new markets is the lack of market awareness of the Dave & Buster’s brand. Stores opened in new markets may open at lower average weekly sales volumes than stores opened in existing markets, and may have higher store-level operating expense ratios than stores in existing markets. Sales at stores opened in new markets may take longer to reach average store volumes, if at all, thereby adversely affecting our overall profitability.
We may not be able to compete favorably in the highly competitive out-of-home and home-based entertainment and restaurant markets, which could have material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
 
10

Table of Contents
The out-of-home entertainment market is highly competitive. We compete for customers’ discretionary entertainment dollars with theme parks, as well as with providers of out-of-home entertainment, including localized attraction facilities such as movie theatres, sporting events, bowling alleys, nightclubs and restaurants. Many of the entities operating these businesses are larger and have significantly greater financial resources, a greater number of stores, have been in business longer, have greater name recognition and are better established in the markets where our stores are located or are planned to be located. As a result, they may be able to invest greater resources than we can in attracting customers and succeed in attracting customers who would otherwise come to our stores. The legalization of casino gambling in geographic areas near any current or future store would create the possibility for entertainment alternatives, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. We also face competition from local establishments that offer entertainment experiences similar to ours and restaurants that are highly competitive with respect to price, quality of service, location, ambience and type and quality of food. We also face competition from increasingly sophisticated home-based forms of entertainment, such as internet and video gaming and home movie delivery. Our failure to compete favorably in the competitive out-of-home and home-based entertainment and restaurant markets could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our quarterly results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the seasonality of our business and the timing of new openings and other events.
Our operating results fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter as a result of seasonal factors. Typically we have higher first and fourth quarter revenues associated with the spring and year-end holidays. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters. We expect seasonality will continue to be a factor in our results of operations. As a result, factors affecting peak seasons could have a disproportionate effect on our results. For example, the number of days between Thanksgiving and New Year’s Day and the days of the week on which Christmas and New Year’s Eve fall affect the volume of business we generate during the December holiday season and can affect our results for the full fiscal year. In addition, adverse weather during the winter holiday season can have a significant impact on our first and fourth quarters, and therefore our results for the full fiscal year. See “ Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—store-level variability, quarterly results of operations and seasonality .”
Our operating results may also fluctuate significantly because of non-seasonal factors. Due to our relatively limited number of locations, poor results of operations at any single store could significantly affect our overall profitability. Additionally, the timing of new store openings may result in significant fluctuations in quarterly performance. Due to the substantial up-front financial requirements to open new stores, the investment risk related to any single store is much larger than that associated with many other restaurants or entertainment venues. We typically incur most cash pre-opening costs for a new store within the two months immediately preceding, and the month of, the store’s opening. In addition, the labor and operating costs for a newly opened store during the first three to six months of operation are materially greater than what can be expected after that time, both in aggregate dollars and as a percentage of revenues.
Our operations are susceptible to the availability and cost of food and other supplies, in most cases from a limited number of suppliers, which subject us to possible risks of shortages, interruptions and price fluctuations.
Our profitability depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in product costs. Cost of food and beverage as a percentage of food and beverage revenue was 23.8% in fiscal 2010, 24.2% in fiscal 2009, and 24.8% in fiscal 2008. Cost of amusement and other costs as a percentage of amusement and other revenue was 15.9% in fiscal 2010, 15.5% in fiscal 2009, and 13.8% in fiscal 2008. If we have to pay higher prices for food or other supplies, our operating costs may increase, and, if we are unable or unwilling to pass such cost increases on to our customers, our operating results could be adversely affected.
We have entered into a long-term contract with U.S. Foodservice, Inc. which provides for the purchasing, warehousing and distributing of a substantial majority of our food, non-alcoholic beverage and chemical supplies. The unplanned loss of this distributor could adversely affect our business by disrupting our operations as we seek out and negotiate a new distribution contract. We also have multiple short-term supply contracts with a limited number of suppliers. If any of these suppliers do not perform adequately or otherwise fail to distribute products or supplies to our stores, we may be unable to replace the suppliers in a short period of time on acceptable terms, which could increase our costs, cause shortages of food and other items at our stores and cause us to remove certain items from our menu. We currently do not engage in futures contracts or other financial risk management strategies with respect to potential price fluctuations in the cost of food and other supplies.
The limited number of amusement suppliers, the availability of new amusement offerings, the cost and availability of redemption items that appeal to guests and the market demand for new games could adversely impact the cost to acquire and operate new amusements. We may not be able to anticipate and react to changing food, beverage and amusement costs by adjusting purchasing practices, menu and game prices, and a failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
 
11

Table of Contents
Instances of food-borne illness and outbreaks of disease, as well as negative publicity relating thereto, could result in reduced demand for our menu offerings and reduced traffic in our stores and negatively impact our business.
Our business could be severely impacted by a widespread regional, national or global health epidemic. A widespread health epidemic (such as the avian flu) or food-borne illness (such as aphthous fever, which is also known as hoof and mouth disease, as well as hepatitis A, lysteria, salmonella and e-coli), whether or not traced to one of our stores, may cause customers to avoid public gathering places or otherwise change their eating behaviors. Even the prospects of a health epidemic could change consumer perceptions of food safety, disrupt our supply chain and impact our ability to supply certain menu items or staff our stores. Outbreaks of disease, including severe acute respiratory syndrome, which is also known as SARS, as well as influenza, could reduce traffic in our stores. Any of these events would negatively impact our business. In addition, any negative publicity relating to these and other health-related matters may affect consumers’ perceptions of our stores and the food that we offer, reduce guest visits to our stores and negatively impact demand for our menu offerings.
We may not be able to obtain and maintain licenses and permits necessary to operate our stores in compliance with laws, regulations and other requirements, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are subject to various federal, state and local laws affecting our business. Each store is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of governmental authorities, which may include alcoholic beverage control, amusement, health and safety and fire agencies in the state, county or municipality in which the store is located. Each store is required to obtain a license to sell alcoholic beverages on the premises from a state authority and, in certain locations, county and municipal authorities. Typically, licenses must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. In the past, we have had licenses temporarily suspended. In some states, the loss of a license for cause with respect to one location may lead to the loss of licenses at all locations in that state and could make it more difficult to obtain additional licenses in that state. Alcoholic beverage control regulations relate to numerous aspects of the daily operations of each store, including minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, wholesale purchasing, inventory control and handling and storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. The failure to receive or retain a liquor license, or any other required permit or license, in a particular location, or to continue to qualify for, or renew licenses, could have a material adverse effect on operations and our ability to obtain such a license or permit in other locations.
As a result of operating certain entertainment games and attractions, including games that offer redemption prizes, we are subject to amusement licensing and regulation by the states, counties and municipalities in which our stores are located. Certain entertainment attractions are heavily regulated and such regulations vary significantly between communities. Moreover, states and local communities are tending to consider additional regulation regarding redemption games. From time-to-time, existing stores may be required to modify certain games, alter the mix of games, or terminate the use of specific games as a result of the interpretation of regulations by state or local officials, any of which could adversely affect our operations.
Changes in laws, regulations and other requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are also subject to federal, state and local environmental laws, regulations and other requirements. More stringent and varied requirements of local and state governmental bodies with respect to zoning, land use and environmental factors could delay or prevent development of new stores in particular locations. Environmental laws and regulations also govern, among other things, discharges of pollutants into the air and water as well as the presence, handling, release and disposal of and exposure to hazardous substances. These laws provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance. Third parties may also make personal injury, property damage or other claims against us associated with actual or alleged release of or exposure to hazardous substances at our properties. We could also be strictly liable, without regard to fault, for certain environmental conditions at properties we formerly owned or operated as well as at our current properties.
In addition, we are subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act, which governs such matters as minimum wages, overtime, and other working conditions, along with the Americans with Disabilities Act and various family-leave mandates. From time-to-time, the U.S. Congress and the states consider increases in the applicable minimum wage. Several states in which we operate have enacted increases in the minimum wage which have taken effect during the past several years and further increases are anticipated. Although we expect increases in payroll expenses as a result of federal and state mandated increases in the minimum wage, such increases are not expected to be material. However, we are uncertain of the repercussion, if any, of increased minimum wages on other expenses. For example, our suppliers may be more severely impacted by higher minimum wage standards, which could result in increased costs to us. If we are unable to offset these costs through increased costs to our customers, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our sales and results of operations may be adversely affected by the passage of health care reform legislation and climate change and other environmental legislation and regulations. The costs and other effects of new legal requirements cannot be determined with certainty. For example, new legislation or regulations may result in increased costs directly for our compliance or indirectly to the extent that such requirements increase prices charged to us by vendors because of increased compliance costs. At this point, we are unable to determine the impact that health care reform could have on our employer-sponsored medical plans or that
 
12

Table of Contents
climate change and other environmental legislation and regulations could have on our overall business.
We face potential liability with our stored value cards under the property laws of some states.
Our Power Cards and gift cards, which may be used for games and to purchase products in our stores, are stored value cards. We recognize income from unredeemed cards when we determine that the likelihood of the cards being redeemed is remote. Certain states include gift cards under their abandoned property laws, and require companies to remit to the state cash in an amount equal to all or a designated portion of the unredeemed balance on the gift cards after a specified period of time. We do not remit any amounts relating to unredeemed gift cards to states based upon our assessment of applicable laws. The analysis of the potential application of the abandoned property laws to our gift cards is complex, involving an analysis of constitutional, statutory provisions and factual issues. In the event that one or more states successfully challenges our position on the application of its abandoned property law to our gift cards, or if the estimates that we use in projecting the likelihood of the cards being redeemed prove to be inaccurate, our liabilities with respect to unredeemed gift cards may be materially higher than the amounts shown in our financial statements. If we are required to materially increase the estimated liability recorded in our financial statements with respect to unredeemed gift cards, our net income could be materially and adversely affected.
Customer complaints or litigation on behalf of our customers or employees may adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Our business may be adversely affected by legal or governmental proceedings brought by or on behalf of our customers or employees. In recent years, a number of restaurant companies, including ours, have been subject to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of federal and state law regarding workplace and employment matters, discrimination and similar matters, and a number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial damages by the defendants. We could also face potential liability if we are found to have misclassified certain employees as exempt from the overtime requirements of the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and state labor laws. We have had from time to time and now have such lawsuits pending against us. In addition, from time to time, customers file complaints or lawsuits against us alleging that we are responsible for some illness or injury they suffered at or after a visit to a store. We are also subject to a variety of other claims in the ordinary course of business, including personal injury, lease and contract claims. The restaurant industry has also been subject to a growing number of claims that the menus and actions of restaurant chains have led to the obesity of certain of their guests.
We are also subject to “dram shop” statutes in certain states in which our stores are located. These statutes generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated individual. We are currently the subject of certain lawsuits that allege violations of these statutes. Recent litigation against restaurant chains has resulted in significant judgments and settlements under dram shop statutes. Because these cases often seek punitive damages, which may not be covered by insurance, such litigation could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and money away from operations and hurt our financial performance. A judgment significantly in excess of our insurance coverage or not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. As approximately 30% of our food and beverage revenues were derived from the sale of alcoholic beverages during fiscal 2010, adverse publicity resulting from these allegations may materially affect us and our stores.
We may face labor shortages that could slow our growth and adversely impact our ability to operate our stores.
The successful operation of our business depends upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain a sufficient number of qualified executives, managers and skilled employees. From time-to-time, there may be a shortage of skilled labor in certain of the communities in which our stores are located. Shortages of skilled labor may make it increasingly difficult and expensive to attract, train and retain the services of a satisfactory number of qualified employees and could delay the planned openings of new stores or adversely impact our existing stores. Any such delays, material increases in employee turnover rates in existing stores or widespread employee dissatisfaction could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Competition for qualified employees could require us to pay higher wages, which could result in higher labor costs and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Immigration reform continues to attract significant attention in the public arena and the U.S. Congress. If new immigration legislation is enacted, such laws may contain provisions that could increase our costs in recruiting, training and retaining employees. Also, although our hiring practices comply with the requirements of federal law in reviewing employees’ citizenship or authority to work in the U.S., increased enforcement efforts with respect to existing immigration laws by governmental authorities may disrupt a portion of our workforce or our operations at one or more of our stores, thereby negatively impacting our business.
 
13

Table of Contents
We depend on the services of key executives, the loss of whom could materially harm our business and our strategic direction if we were unable to replace them with executives of equal experience and capabilities.
Our future success significantly depends on the continued service and performance of our key management personnel. We have employment agreements with all members of senior management. However, we cannot prevent members of senior management from terminating their employment with us. Losing the services of members of senior management could materially harm our business until a suitable replacement is found, and such replacement may not have equal experience and capabilities. In addition, we have not purchased key personnel life insurance on any members of our senior management.
Local conditions, events, terrorist attacks, adverse weather conditions and natural disasters could adversely affect our business.
Certain of the regions in which our stores are located have been, and may in the future be, subject to adverse local conditions, events, terrorist attacks, adverse weather conditions, or natural disasters, such as earthquakes, floods and hurricanes. In particular, seven of our stores are located in California and are subject to earthquake risk, and our three stores in Florida, our two stores in Houston and our one store in Honolulu are subject to hurricane risk. Depending upon its magnitude, a natural disaster could severely damage our stores, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We currently maintain property and business interruption insurance through the aggregate property policy for each of the stores. However, such coverage may not be sufficient if there is a major disaster. In addition, upon the expiration of our current insurance policies, adequate insurance coverage may not be available at reasonable rates, or at all.
Our Nashville, Tennessee store was extensively damaged by the May 2010 flooding in the Nashville area. The store is covered by up to $25,000 in property and business interruption insurance subject to a net overall deductible of approximately one thousand dollars. We have initiated property insurance claims, including business interruption, with our insurers. We cannot estimate at this time when the store will be back in operation.
Unfavorable publicity relating to one or more of our stores may taint public perception of the Dave & Buster’s brand, which could reduce sales in one or more of our stores and make our brand less valuable.
The strength of our brand is impacted by public perception of the quality of our food and facilities. Multi-store businesses, such as ours, can be adversely affected by unfavorable publicity resulting from poor food quality, illness or health concerns, or a variety of other operating issues stemming from one or a limited number of stores. Adverse publicity involving any of these factors could make our stores less appealing, reduce our guest traffic and/or impose practical limits on pricing. In the future, some of our stores may be operated by franchisees. Any such franchisees will be independent third parties that we do not control. Although our franchisees will be contractually obligated to operate the store in accordance with our standards, we would not oversee their daily operations. If one or more of our stores were the subject of unfavorable publicity, our overall brand could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may not be able to renew real property leases on favorable terms, or at all, which may require us to close a store or relocate, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Of the 57 stores operated by us as of January 30, 2011, 56 stores are operated on leased premises. The leases typically provide for a base rent plus additional rent based on a percentage of the revenue generated by the stores on the leased premises once certain thresholds are met. A lease on one of our stores is scheduled to expire during early fiscal 2012 and the Company is evaluating whether to seek to extend the term of the lease on this store. A decision not to renew a lease for a store could be based on a number of factors, including an assessment of the area in which the store is located. We may choose not to renew, or may not be able to renew, certain of such existing leases if the capital investment then required to maintain the stores at the leased locations is not justified by the return on the required investment. If we are not able to renew the leases at rents that allow such stores to remain profitable as their terms expire, the number of such stores may decrease, resulting in lower revenue from operations, or we may relocate a store, which could subject us to construction and other costs and risks, and, in either case, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Fixed rental payments account for a significant portion of our operating expenses, which increases our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and could limit our operating and financial flexibility.
Payments under our operating leases account for a significant portion of our operating expenses. For example, total rental payments, including additional rental payments based on sales at some of our stores, under operating leases were approximately $47,270, or 8.7% of our total revenues, in fiscal 2010. In addition, as of January 30, 2011, we were a party to operating leases requiring future minimum lease payments aggregating approximately $95,466 through fiscal 2012 and approximately $401,250 thereafter. We expect that we will lease any new stores we open under operating leases. Our substantial operating lease obligations could have significant negative consequences, including:
 
 	•	 	increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;	
 
14

Table of Contents
 	•	 	limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;	
 
 	•	 	requiring a substantial portion of our available cash to be applied to pay our rental obligations, thus reducing cash available for other purposes;	
 
 	•	 	limiting our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business or the industry in which we compete; and	
 
 	•	 	placing us at a disadvantage with respect to our competitors.	
We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease obligations and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under bank loans or from other sources, we may not be able to service our operating lease obligations, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would have a material adverse affect on us.
If we are unable to adequately protect our brand, our business could be harmed significantly.
Our brand is essential to our success and competitive position. We use a combination of intellectual property rights, such as trademarks and service marks, to protect our brand. The success of our business strategy depends, in part, on our continued ability to use our intellectual property rights to increase brand awareness and further develop our branded products in both existing and new markets. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, we may lose an important advantage in the markets in which we compete. If third parties misappropriate or infringe our intellectual property, our image, brand and the goodwill associated therewith may be harmed, our brand may fail to achieve and maintain market recognition, and our competitive position may be harmed, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. To protect our intellectual property, we may become involved in litigation, which could result in substantial expenses, divert the attention of management, and adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
There can be no assurance that third parties will not assert that our products and services infringe, or may infringe, their proprietary rights. Any such claims, regardless of merit, could lead to litigation, which could result in substantial expenses, divert the attention of management, cause significant delays, materially disrupt the conduct of our business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award, take a royalty-bearing license, discontinue the use of third party products used within our operations and/or rebrand our business and products.
Failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. Any failure to remediate deficiencies noted by our management or our independent registered public accounting firm or to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements.
Disruptions in our information technology systems could have an adverse impact on our operations.
Our operations are dependent upon the integrity, security and consistent operation of various systems and data centers, including the point-of-sale, kiosk and amusement operations systems in our stores, data centers that process transactions, communication systems and various other software applications used throughout our operations. Disruptions in these systems could have an adverse impact on our operations. We could encounter difficulties in developing new systems or maintaining and upgrading existing systems. Such difficulty could lead to significant expenses or to losses due to disruption in our business operations. In 2007, there was an external breach of our credit card processing systems which led to fraudulent credit card activity and resulted in the payment of fines and reimbursements for the fraudulent credit card activity. As part of a settlement with the Federal Trade Commission, we have implemented a series of corrective measures in order to ensure that our computer systems are secure and that our customers’ personal information is protected. Despite our considerable efforts and investment in technology to secure our computer network, security could still be compromised, confidential information could be misappropriated or system disruptions could occur in the future. This could lead to a loss of sales or profits or cause us to incur significant costs to reimburse third parties for damages.
 
15

Table of Contents
Our current insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims and we may incur losses that are not covered by our insurance.
We believe we maintain insurance coverage that is customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. For example, we maintain business interruption insurance, but there can be no assurance that the coverage for a severe or prolonged business interruption at one or more of our stores would be adequate. Given the limited number of stores we operate, such a loss could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, we do not currently carry insurance for breaches of our computer network security. Moreover, we believe that insurance covering liability for violations of wage and hour laws is generally not available. These losses, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our financial obligations.
As of January 30, 2011, we had $149,250 ($147,918 net of discount) of borrowings under our existing term loan facility, no borrowings under our revolving credit facility, $6,841 in letters of credit outstanding and $200,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.0% senior notes outstanding. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to further refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to do any of this on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences, including:
 
 	•	 	our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes may be limited;	
 
 	•	 	a portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on the indebtedness and will not be available for other purposes, including operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;	
 
 	•	 	certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to adjust to changing market conditions may be limited and may place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to less-leveraged competitors; and	
 
 	•	 	we may be vulnerable in a downturn in general economic conditions or in business, or may be unable to carry on capital spending that is important to our growth.	
The terms of our senior credit facility and our 11.0% senior notes restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.
Our senior credit facility and our 11.0% senior notes contain, and any future indebtedness likely will contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:
 
 	•	 	incur additional debt;	
 
 	•	 	pay dividends and make other restricted payments;	
 
 	•	 	create liens;	
 
 	•	 	make investments and acquisitions;	
 
 	•	 	engage in sales of assets and subsidiary stock;	
 
 	•	 	enter into sale-leaseback transactions;	
 
 	•	 	enter into transactions with affiliates;	
 
 	•	 	transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions;	
 
 	•	 	hedge currency and interest rate risk; and	
 
 	•	 	make capital expenditures.	
 
16

Table of Contents
Our senior credit facility requires us to maintain certain financial ratios. Failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios contained in the instruments governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default under the facility which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. In the event of any default under our credit facility, the lenders will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us. Our lenders also could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable and require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these amounts. If our indebtedness were to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full.
Our Board of Directors may be controlled by a single stockholder, whose interest may not aligned with yours.
As a result of the Acquisition, Oak Hill indirectly controls approximately 96.6% of our outstanding capital stock. Neither Oak Hill nor its affiliates have any obligation to contribute additional funds (directly or indirectly to) the Company.
Accordingly, Oak Hill indirectly beneficially owns a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock and can determine the outcomes of the elections of members of our Board of Directors and the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. The interests of Oak Hill could conflict with those of our public debt holders. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they come due, the interests of Oak Hill as an equity holder might conflict with the interests of our noteholders. Oak Hill may have an interest in Dave & Buster’s pursuing acquisitions, divestitures or financings or other transactions that, in its judgment could enhance its equity investment, even though such transactions may involve significant risks to our noteholders. In addition, Oak Hill and its affiliates may in the future own interests in businesses that compete with ours.
 
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	
As of January 30, 2011, we owned or leased 57 stores and one franchise. This includes two new stores that opened in Wauwatosa, Wisconsin on March 1, 2010 and Roseville, California on May 3, 2010. There is also one franchised store operating in Canada. The following table sets forth the number of stores that are located in each state/country as of January 30, 2011. Unless otherwise indicated, each of the stores listed below is leased.

State or Country	  	Number of
Stores	 	
Arizona	  	 	2	  	
California	  	 	7	  	
Colorado	  	 	2	  	
Florida	  	 	3	  	
Georgia	  	 	3	  	
Hawaii	  	 	1	  	
Illinois	  	 	2	  	
Indiana	  	 	1	  	
Kansas	  	 	1	  	
Maryland	  	 	2	  	
Michigan	  	 	1	  	
Minnesota	  	 	1	  	
Missouri	  	 	1	  	
Nebraska	  	 	1	  	
New York	  	 	6	  	
North Carolina	  	 	1	  	
Ohio	  	 	4	  	
Oklahoma	  	 	1	  	
Pennsylvania	  	 	4	  	
Rhode Island	  	 	1	  	
Tennessee	  	 	1	  	
Texas(a)	  	 	8	  	
Virginia	  	 	1	  	
Wisconsin	  	 	1	  	
Canada(b)	  	 	2	  	
 
17

Table of Contents
 
(a) 	One store in the state is owned.	
(b) 	One store is a franchise which operates in Niagara Falls, Ontario.	
Our stores generally are located on land leased by our subsidiaries. The contracted lease terms, including renewal options, generally range from 20 to 40 years. Our leases typically provide for a minimum annual rent and contingent rent to be determined as a percentage of the applicable store’s annual gross revenues, subject to market-based minimum annual rents. We currently pay contingent rent in only a small number of our stores. Generally, leases are “net leases” that require us to pay our pro rata share of taxes, insurance and maintenance costs. Typically, one of our subsidiaries is a party to the lease, and performance is guaranteed by the Company for all or a portion of the lease term.
In addition to our leased stores, we lease a 47,000 square foot office building and 30,000 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as our corporate headquarters and distribution center. This lease expires in October 2021, with options to renew until October 2041. We also lease a 22,900 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as additional warehouse space. This lease expires in January 2014.
 
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
We have reached an agreement with the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) on the terms and provisions of a Complaint and Agreement Containing Consent Order (the “Order”) that concludes and settles an investigation into our information security practices. The investigation related to a 2007 criminal attack upon our computer system during which approximately 130,000 payment cards used at eleven of our stores were compromised. The terms of the Order provide that we failed to provide reasonable and appropriate security for personal information on our computer networks. Specifically, we failed to (a) employ sufficient measures to detect and prevent unauthorized access to computer networks, (b) adequately restrict third-party access to our networks, (c) monitor and filter outbound traffic from our networks (to identify and block the unauthorized export of sensitive personal information), (d) limit access between in-store networks, and (e) limit access to our computer networks through wireless access points.
Under our settlement with the FTC, we are required to establish, implement, and maintain a comprehensive information security program that is reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality, and integrity of personal information collected from or about consumers. This information security program contains administrative, technical, and physical safeguards designed to (a) identify material internal and external risks to the security, confidentiality, and integrity of personal information that could result in the unauthorized disclosure, misuse, loss, alteration, destruction, or other compromise of such information, (b) control the identified risks, and (c) ensure that our third-party service providers are capable of appropriately safeguarding personal information they receive from us. As part of the development of the information security program, for a ten-year period, we must obtain initial and biennial assessments and reports from an independent auditor that set out the safeguards implemented and maintained by us, and explain how such safeguards meet or exceed the protections required by the terms of the Order. The Order shall be binding upon us for twenty years. The initial assessment and report has been obtained and it confirmed that the Company met all the requirements set forth in the Order.
The Order does not require us to pay any fines or other monetary assessments and we do not believe that the terms of the Order will have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, or financial performance.
 
ITEM 4.	REMOVED AND RESERVED	
PART II
 
ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	
There is no established public trading market for our capital stock. One hundred percent of our outstanding capital stock is owned by D&B Holdings. There were no repurchases by Dave & Buster’s, Inc. of our capital stock in 2010. See “Business – Our History” in Item 1.
 
ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	
The following selected financial data is qualified in entirety by the consolidated financial statements (and the related Notes thereto) contained in Item 8 and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7. We derived the selected financial data from the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes as of the 244 days ended January 30, 2011, 120 days ended May 31, 2010, fiscal year ended January 31, 2010, fiscal year ended February 1, 2009, fiscal year ended February 3, 2008 and fiscal year ended February 4, 2007.
 
18

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	244 Days Ended
January  30, 2011	 	 	 	 	 	120 Days Ended
May  31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended
January  31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal Year  Ended
February 1, 2009	 	 	Fiscal Year  Ended
February 3, 2008	 	 	334 days Ended
February  4, 2007	 	 	 	 	 	37 days Ended
March 7, 2006 (3)	 	 	
 	 	(Successor)	 	 	 	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	 	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	 	 	 	
Statement of Operations Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	 	$	343,533	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	178,006	  	 	$	520,783	  	 	$	533,358	  	 	$	536,272	  	 	$	459,792	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	50,409	  	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	17,778	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,241	  	 	 	21,871	  	 	 	27,747	  	 	 	21,081	  	 	 	6,409	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,557	  	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(2,138	) 	 	 	(350	) 	 	 	1,615	  	 	 	(8,841	) 	 	 	(12,063	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	486	  	 	 	 	 	
Balance sheet data (as of end of period):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	34,407	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	16,682	  	 	 	8,534	  	 	 	19,046	  	 	 	10,372	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	 	 	
Working capital (deficit) (1)	 	 	(5,186	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	(33,922	) 	 	 	(40,118	) 	 	 	(34,984	) 	 	 	(35,594	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	 	 	
Property and equipment, net	 	 	304,819	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	294,151	  	 	 	296,805	  	 	 	296,974	  	 	 	316,840	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	 	764,542	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	483,640	  	 	 	480,936	  	 	 	496,203	  	 	 	506,813	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	 	 	
Total debt, net of discount	 	 	347,918	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	227,250	  	 	 	229,750	  	 	 	243,375	  	 	 	254,375	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity	 	 	239,830	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	92,646	  	 	 	92,023	  	 	 	90,756	  	 	 	96,705	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	 	 	
Other data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	 	 	22,255	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	12,978	  	 	 	48,423	  	 	 	49,254	  	 	$	31,355	  	 	$	31,943	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	10,600	  	 	 	 	 	
Stores open at end of period (2)	 	 	58	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	58	  	 	 	56	  	 	 	52	  	 	 	49	  	 	 	48	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	46	  	 	 	 	 	
 
 	(1) 	Defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.	
 	(2) 	The number of stores open at January 30, 2011 and January 31, 2010 includes one franchise in Canada. Our location in Nashville, Tennessee, which temporarily closed on May 2, 2010 due to flooding is included in our store count. As of January 30, 2011, the Nashville location remains closed.	
 	(3) 	This period represents operations of Dave & Buster’s Inc. prior to its acquisition by D&B Holdings on March 8, 2006.	
 
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements, and related notes. Unless otherwise specified, the meanings of all defined terms in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) are consistent with the meanings of such terms as defined in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. All dollar amounts are presented in thousands.
General
Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31. All references to fiscal 2010 relate to the combined 244 day period ended January 30, 2011 of the Successor and the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 of the Predecessor. All references to fiscal 2009 relate to the 52 week period ended January 31, 2010 of the Predecessor. All references to fiscal 2008 relate to the 52 week period ended February 1, 2009 of the Predecessor.
We have prepared our discussion of the fiscal 2010 results of operations by combining the Predecessor and Successor results of operations and cash flows during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011 and comparing the combined data to the results of operations and cash flows for fiscal year ended January 31, 2010. The results for the Successor period include the impacts of applying purchase accounting. However, we believe that the discussion of our combined operational results is appropriate as we highlight operational changes as well as purchase accounting related items.
We are the leading owner and operator of high-volume venues that combine dining and entertainment in North America. We offer our customers a unique opportunity to “Eat Drink Play ® ” all in one location, through a full menu of high-quality food and beverage items combined with an extensive assortment of entertainment attractions, including state-of-the-art video games, interactive simulators and other games of skill. We developed this concept in 1982, and remain the only company offering this customer experience under a single brand and on a national basis. We believe we appeal to a diverse customer base by providing a highly customizable experience in a dynamic and fun setting.
As of January 30, 2011, we owned and operated 57 stores in 24 states and Canada. In addition, there is one franchised store operating in Canada. Our stores are open seven days a week, typically from 11:30 a.m. to midnight on weekdays and 11:30 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. on weekends. Our stores average approximately 48,000 square feet in size and range between 16,000 and 66,000 square feet. In the 52-week period ended January 30, 2011, we had total revenues of $521,539.
We were founded in 1982 by David “Dave” Corriveau and James “Buster” Corley under the belief that there was consumer demand for the combined experience of entertainment, food and drinks. We opened our first two locations in Dallas, Texas in 1982
 
19

Table of Contents
and 1988 and have subsequently expanded to 57 stores. From 1997 to early 2006, we operated as a public company under the leadership of Dave and Buster. In March 2006, we were acquired by D&B Holdings, a holding company controlled by Wellspring and HBK. D&B Holdings was then acquired on June 1, 2010 by Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. as described below.
Recent events affecting our results of operations
Acquisition by Oak Hill
On June 1, 2010, Games Acquisition Corp. (“Holdings”), a newly-formed Delaware corporation owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, “Oak Hill”) acquired all of the outstanding capital stock D&B Holdings from Wellspring and HBK. In connection therewith, Games Merger Corp., a newly-formed Missouri corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, merged (the “OH Merger”) with and into D&B Holdings’ wholly-owned, direct subsidiary, Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (with Dave & Buster’s, Inc. being the surviving corporation in the OH Merger). After the acquisition transactions described above (collectively, the “Acquisition”), Oak Hill owned approximately 96% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management owned approximately 4% of the outstanding capital stock of Holdings. Subsequent to the transactions described above, Holdings changed its name to Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. (“Parent Co.”).
On September 30, 2010, Parent Co. repurchased $1,500 of its capital stock from a former member of management, of which $500 was paid prior to January 30, 2011. Subsequent to the repurchase, Oak Hill controls approximately 96.6% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 3.4% of the outstanding capital stock of Parent Co.
On the closing date of the Acquisition the following events occurred:
 
 	•	 	All outstanding shares of D&B Holdings’ common stock were converted into the right to receive the per share acquisition consideration;	
 
 	•	 	All vested options to acquire D&B Holdings’ common stock were converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the per share exercise price and the per share acquisition consideration without interest;	
 
 	•	 	We retired all outstanding debt and accrued interest related to the Predecessor’s senior credit facility and senior notes;	
 
 	•	 	We issued $200,000 of 11% senior notes due 2018 (“New Senior Notes”);	
 
 	•	 	We entered into a senior secured credit facility which provides for senior secured financing of up to $200,000 consisting of:	
 
 	•	 	a $150,000 term loan facility with a maturity on June 1, 2016, and	
 
 	•	 	a $50,000 revolving credit facility, including a sub-facility of up to the U.S. dollar equivalent of $1,000 for borrowings in Canadian dollars by our Canadian subsidiary, a letter of credit sub-facility, and a swingline sub-facility, with a maturity on June 1, 2015.	
The Acquisition resulted in a change in ownership of 100% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The purchase price paid in the Acquisition has been “pushed down” to the Company's financial statements and is allocated to record the acquired assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value. The Acquisition and the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of June 1, 2010 has been recorded based on internal assessments and third party valuation studies. We do not expect any additional material adjustments to these values in the first quarter of 2011.
The aggregate purchase price was $595,998 in cash and newly issued debt, as described above. The following table represents the allocation of the acquisition costs, including professional fees and other related costs, to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values:
 
20

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
At June 1, 2010	  	 	 	
Purchase price:	  	 	 	 	
Cash, including acquisition costs	  	$	245,498	  	
Debt, including debt issuance costs, net of discount	  	 	350,500	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total consideration	  	 	595,998	  	
Acquisition related costs:	  	 	 	 	
Included in general and administrative expenses for the fifty-two weeks ended January 30, 2011	  	 	8,918	  	
Included in interest expense for fifty-two weeks ended January 30, 2011	  	 	3,000	  	
Included in Other long-term assets	  	 	12,591	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total acquisition related costs	  	 	24,509	  	
Allocation of purchase price:	  	 	 	 	
Current assets, including cash and cash equivalents of $19,718 and a current deferred tax asset of $15,759	  	 	70,973	  	
Property and equipment	  	 	315,914	  	
Trade name	  	 	79,000	  	
Other assets and deferred charges, including definite lived intangibles of $10,700	  	 	37,702	  	
Goodwill	  	 	272,626	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	  	 	776,215	  	
Current liabilities	  	 	64,911	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	65,521	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	36,928	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	12,857	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities assumed	  	 	180,217	  	
Net assets acquired, before debt	  	 	595,998	  	
Newly issued long-term debt, net of discount	  	 	350,500	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Net assets acquired	  	$	245,498	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The Company’s third quarter fiscal 2010 Form 10-Q included an allocation of the purchase price based on preliminary data. During the fourth quarter of 2010 the Company recorded an adjustment to decrease goodwill by $622 and decrease liabilities by the same amount.
The following table presents the allocation of the intangible assets subject to amortization (amounts in thousands, except for amortization periods):

 	  	Amount	 	  	Weighted  Avg.
Amortization
Years	 	
Trademarks	  	$	8,500	  	  	 	7.0	  	
Non-compete agreements	  	 	500	  	  	 	2.0	  	
Customer relationships	  	 	1,700	  	  	 	9.0	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets subject to amortization	  	$	10,700	  	  	 	7.1	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The goodwill of $272,626 arising from the Acquisition is largely attributable to the growth potential of the Company. As the Company does not have more than one operating segment, allocation of goodwill between segments is not required. A portion of the trademarks are deductible for tax purposes. No other intangibles, including goodwill, are deductible for tax purposes.
Overview
We monitor and analyze a number of key performance measures in order to manage our business and evaluate financial and operating performance. These measures include:
Revenues. Revenues consist of food and beverage revenues as well as amusement and other revenues. Our revenues are primarily influenced by the number of stores in operation and comparable store revenue. Comparable store revenue growth reflects the change in year-over-year revenue for the comparable store base. We define the comparable store base to include those stores open for a full 18 months as of the beginning of each fiscal year. Percentage changes in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 have been calculated based on an equivalent number of weeks in both the current and comparison periods. Comparable store sales growth can be generated by an increase in guest traffic counts or by increases in average dollars spent per customer. In fiscal 2010, we derived 35.7% of our total revenue from food sales, 15.6% from beverage sales, 47.7% from amusement sales and 1.0% from other sources.
 
21

Table of Contents
We continually monitor the success of current food and beverage items, the availability of new menu offerings, the menu price structure and our ability to adjust prices where competitively appropriate. With respect to the beverage component, we operate fully-licensed facilities, which means that we offer full beverage service, including alcoholic beverages throughout each store.
Our stores also offer an extensive array of amusements, including state-of-the-art simulators, high-tech video games, traditional pocket billiards and shuffleboard, as well as a variety of redemption games which dispense coupons that can be redeemed for prizes in the “Winner’s Circle.” Our redemption games include basic games of skill, such as skee-ball and basketball, as well as competitive racing, and individual electronic games of skill. The prizes in the “Winner’s Circle” range from small-ticket novelty items to high-end electronics, such as MP3 players and game systems. We review the amount of game play on existing amusements in an effort to match amusements availability with guest preferences. We intend to continue to invest in new games as they become available and prove to be attractive to guests. Our unique venue allows us to provide our customers with value driven food and amusement combination offerings such as our “Eat & Play Combo.” The “Eat & Play Combo” allows customers to purchase a variety of entrée and game card pairings at various fixed price levels. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we introduced “Half-Price Game Play Wednesdays” which allow guests to play virtually all of our games for one-half of the regular price on Wednesdays during targeted periods during the year.
We believe that special events business is a very important component of our revenue because a significant percentage of our guests attending a special event are in a Dave & Buster’s for the first time. This is a very advantageous way to introduce the concept to new guests. Accordingly, a considerable emphasis is placed on the special events portion of our business.
Cost of products. Cost of products includes the cost of food, beverages and the “Winner’s Circle” redemption items. During fiscal 2010, the cost of food products averaged 23.9% of food revenue and the cost of beverage products averaged 23.6% of beverage revenue. The amusement and other cost of products averaged 15.9% of amusement and other revenues. The cost of products is driven by product mix and pricing movements from third-party suppliers. We continually strive to gain efficiencies in both the acquisition and use of products while maintaining high standards of product quality.
Operating payroll and benefits. Operating payroll and benefits consist of wages, employer taxes and benefits for store personnel. We continually review the opportunity for efficiencies principally through scheduling refinements.
Other store operating expenses. Other store operating expenses consist of store-related occupancy, store expenses, utilities, repair and maintenance and marketing costs.
Store-level variability, quarterly fluctuations, seasonality, and inflation. We have historically operated stores varying in size from 29,000 to 66,000 square feet and have experienced significant variability among stores in volumes, operating results and net investment costs. Our new locations typically open with sales volumes in excess of their run-rate levels, which we refer to as a “honeymoon” effect. We expect our new store volumes and margins to be lower in the second full year of operations than in their first full year of operations, and to grow in line with the rest of our comparable store base thereafter. As a result of the substantial revenues associated with each new store, the timing of new store openings will result in significant fluctuations in quarterly results.
We also expect seasonality to be a factor in the operation or results of the business in the future with higher first and fourth quarter revenues associated with the spring and year-end holidays. These quarters will continue to be susceptible to the impact of severe weather on customer traffic and sales during that period. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters.
We expect that volatile economic conditions will continue to exert pressure on both supplier pricing and consumer spending related to entertainment and dining alternatives. Although there is no assurance that our cost of products will remain stable or that federal or state minimum wage rates will not increase beyond amounts currently legislated, the effects of any supplier price increases or minimum wage rate increases are expected to be partially offset by selected menu price increases where competitively appropriate.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected data in thousands of dollars and as a percentage of total revenues (unless otherwise noted) for the periods indicated. All information is derived from the consolidated statements of operations included in this Report.
We have prepared our discussion of the fiscal 2010 results of operations by combining the Predecessor and Successor results of operations and cash flows during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011 and comparing the combined data to the results of operations and cash flows for fiscal year ended January 31, 2010. We believe that the discussion of our combined operational results, while on different bases of accounting related to the application of purchase accounting, is appropriate as we highlight operational changes as well as purchase accounting related items.
 
22

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	244 Day
Period from
June 1, 2010
to January 30,
2011	 	 	120 Day Period from
February 1,
2010 to
May 31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 30,
2011	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 31,
2010	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
February 1,
2009	 	
 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Combined)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Food and beverage revenues	 	$	177,044	  	 	 	51.5	% 	 	$	90,470	  	 	 	50.8	% 	 	$	267,514	  	 	 	51.3	% 	 	$	269,973	  	 	 	51.8	% 	 	$	284,779	  	 	 	53.4	% 	
Amusement and other revenues	 	 	166,489	  	 	 	48.5	  	 	 	87,536	  	 	 	49.2	  	 	 	254,025	  	 	 	48.7	  	 	 	250,810	  	 	 	48.2	  	 	 	248,579	  	 	 	46.6	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	 	 	343,533	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	178,006	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	521,539	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	520,783	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	533,358	  	 	 	100.0	  	
Cost of food and beverage (as a percentage of food and beverage Revenues)	 	 	41,890	  	 	 	23.7	  	 	 	21,817	  	 	 	24.1	  	 	 	63,707	  	 	 	23.8	  	 	 	65,349	  	 	 	24.2	  	 	 	70,520	  	 	 	24.8	  	
Cost of amusement and other (as a percentage of amusement and other revenues)	 	 	26,832	  	 	 	16.1	  	 	 	13,442	  	 	 	15.4	  	 	 	40,274	  	 	 	15.9	  	 	 	38,788	  	 	 	15.5	  	 	 	34,218	  	 	 	13.8	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of products	 	 	68,722	  	 	 	20.0	  	 	 	35,259	  	 	 	19.8	  	 	 	103,981	  	 	 	19.9	  	 	 	104,137	  	 	 	20.0	  	 	 	104,738	  	 	 	19.6	  	
Operating payroll and benefits	 	 	85,271	  	 	 	24.8	  	 	 	43,969	  	 	 	24.7	  	 	 	129,240	  	 	 	24.8	  	 	 	132,114	  	 	 	25.4	  	 	 	139,508	  	 	 	26.2	  	
Other store operating expenses	 	 	111,456	  	 	 	32.5	  	 	 	59,802	  	 	 	33.6	  	 	 	171,258	  	 	 	32.9	  	 	 	174,685	  	 	 	33.6	  	 	 	174,179	  	 	 	32.6	  	
General and administrative expenses (1)	 	 	25,670	  	 	 	7.5	  	 	 	17,064	  	 	 	9.6	  	 	 	42,734	  	 	 	8.2	  	 	 	30,437	  	 	 	5.8	  	 	 	34,546	  	 	 	6.5	  	
Depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	33,794	  	 	 	9.8	  	 	 	16,224	  	 	 	9.1	  	 	 	50,018	  	 	 	9.6	  	 	 	53,658	  	 	 	10.3	  	 	 	49,652	  	 	 	9.3	  	
Pre-opening costs	 	 	842	  	 	 	0.2	  	 	 	1,447	  	 	 	0.8	  	 	 	2,289	  	 	 	0.4	  	 	 	3,881	  	 	 	0.7	  	 	 	2,988	  	 	 	0.6	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	 	 	325,755	  	 	 	94.8	  	 	 	173,765	  	 	 	97.6	  	 	 	499,520	  	 	 	95.8	  	 	 	498,912	  	 	 	95.8	  	 	 	505,611	  	 	 	94.8	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	17,778	  	 	 	5.2	  	 	 	4,241	  	 	 	2.4	  	 	 	22,019	  	 	 	4.2	  	 	 	21,871	  	 	 	4.2	  	 	 	27,747	  	 	 	5.2	  	
Interest expense, net	 	 	25,486	  	 	 	7.4	  	 	 	6,976	  	 	 	3.9	  	 	 	32,462	  	 	 	6.2	  	 	 	22,122	  	 	 	4.2	  	 	 	26,177	  	 	 	4.9	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes	 	 	(7,708	) 	 	 	(2.2	) 	 	 	(2,735	) 	 	 	(1.5	) 	 	 	(10,443	) 	 	 	(2.0	) 	 	 	(251	) 	 	 	(0.0	) 	 	 	1,570	  	 	 	0.3	  	
Income tax provision (benefit)	 	 	(2,551	) 	 	 	(0.7	) 	 	 	(597	) 	 	 	(0.3	) 	 	 	(3,148	) 	 	 	(0.6	) 	 	 	99	  	 	 	0.0	  	 	 	(45	) 	 	 	(0.0	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	$	(5,157	) 	 	 	(1.5	)% 	 	$	(2,138	) 	 	 	(1.2	)% 	 	$	(7,295	) 	 	 	(1.4	)% 	 	$	(350	) 	 	 	(0.0	)% 	 	$	1,615	  	 	 	0.3	% 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash provided by (used in):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	 	$	25,240	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	11,295	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	36,535	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	59,054	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	52,197	  	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities	 	 	(103,244	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(12,975	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(116,219	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(48,406	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(49,084	) 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities	 	 	97,534	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(125	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	97,409	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(2,500	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(13,625	) 	 	 	 	 	
Change in comparable store sales(2)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1.9	)% 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(7.8	)% 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(2.8	)% 	
Stores open at end of period(3)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	58	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	56	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	52	  	
Comparable stores open at end of period (2)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	48	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	47	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	46	  	
 
(1) 	General and administrative expenses during the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011 includes $4,638 and $4,280 of transaction costs in the Successor and Predecessor periods, respectively.	
(2) 	“Comparable store sales” (year-over-year comparison of stores open at least 18 months as of the beginning of each of the fiscal years) is a key performance indicator used within the industry and is indicative of acceptance of our initiatives as well as local economic and consumer trends.	
(3) 	Our location in Nashville, Tennessee, which temporarily closed on May 2, 2010 due to flooding, is included in our store count. As of January 30, 2011, the Nashville location remains closed. Our new store openings during the last three fiscal years were as follows:	

Fiscal Year Ended
January 30, 2011	 	  	Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2010	 	  	Fiscal Year Ended February 1, 2009	 	
Location	  	Opening Date	 	  	Location	  	Opening Date	 	  	Location	  	Opening Date	 	
Wauwatosa, WI	  	 	03/01/2010	  	  	Richmond, VA	  	 	04/20/2009	  	  	Plymouth Meeting, PA	  	 	07/21/2008	  	
Roseville, CA	  	 	05/03/2010	  	  	Indianapolis, IN	  	 	06/15/2009	  	  	Arlington, TX	  	 	11/24/2008	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	Columbus, OH	  	 	10/12/2009	  	  	Tulsa, OK	  	 	01/12/2009	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	Niagara Falls, ON(a)	  	 	06/25/2009	  	  	 	  	 	 	 	
 
(a) 	Franchise location.	
Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009
Revenues
Total revenues during fiscal 2010 increased by $756, or 0.1%, to $521,539 in fiscal 2010 from $520,783 in fiscal 2009.
 
23

Table of Contents
The increased revenues were derived from the following sources:

Comparable stores	  	$	(9,208	) 	
Non comparable stores- operating	  	 	17,376	  	
Non comparable stores - flood-related closure of store in Nashville, Tennessee	  	 	(7,415	) 	
Other	  	 	3	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	756	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Comparable stores revenue decreased by $9,208, or 1.9%, for fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Comparable special events revenues which accounted for 12.5% of consolidated comparable stores revenue for fiscal 2010 increased by 1.7% compared to fiscal 2009. The walk-in component of our comparable store sales declined by 2.4% for fiscal 2010. Comparable store revenues were impacted by the unfavorable macro economic environment.
Food sales at comparable stores decreased by $1,128, or 0.7%, to $168,521 in fiscal 2010 from $169,649 in fiscal 2009. Sales at our comparable stores continued to show a shift away from the beverage component of our business towards our amusements offerings. Beverage sales of comparable stores decreased 7.9% or $6,409 to $74,499 in fiscal 2010 from $80,908 in fiscal 2009. Comparable store amusements and other revenues decreased by $1,671 or 0.7% to $229,263 in fiscal 2010 from $230,934 in fiscal 2009.
Non-comparable store revenues increased by a total of $9,961. Increases in revenues from new stores opened and joint venture interest acquired since November 24, 2008, of $17,376 were partially offset by a $7,415 revenue reduction caused by the temporary flood-related closure of our store in Nashville, Tennessee.
Our revenue mix was 35.7% for food, 15.6% for beverage and 48.7% for amusement and other for fiscal 2010. This compares to 35.2%, 16.6% and 48.2%, respectively, for fiscal 2009.
Cost of products
Cost of food and beverage revenues decreased to $63,707 in fiscal 2010 from $65,349 in fiscal 2009 principally as a result of lower food and beverage revenue levels in 2010. Cost of food and beverage products, as a percentage of food and beverage revenues, decreased by 40 basis points to 23.8% of revenue for fiscal 2010 compared to 24.2% of revenue for fiscal 2009. Increased cost pressure in our produce, meat and seafood products was more than offset by reduced poultry, grocery and alcoholic beverage costs.
Costs of amusement and other revenues increased to $40,274 in fiscal 2010 from $38,788 in fiscal 2009. As a percentage of amusement and other revenues, these costs increased by 40 basis points to 15.9% in fiscal 2010 compared to 15.5% of revenues in fiscal 2009. This increase is primarily a result of higher guest ticket redemption rates and an increase in utilization of game play purchased, partially offset by a reduction in the redemption cost per ticket redeemed and a price increase on redemption games.
Operating payroll and benefits
Operating payroll and benefits decreased by $2,874, or 2.2%, to $129,240 in fiscal 2010 from $132,114 in fiscal 2009. Operating payroll and benefits as a percentage of revenues decreased by 60 basis points to 24.8% in fiscal 2010 compared to 25.4% in fiscal 2009. This decrease in percentage of revenue was primarily driven by initiatives designed to reduce hourly labor costs through improved scheduling, lower management costs resulting from an administrative centralization effort as well as labor savings associated with the realignment of the majority of our special events sales labor.
Other store operating expenses
Other store operating expenses decreased by $3,427, or 2.0%, to $171,258 in fiscal 2010 from $174,685 in fiscal 2009. Other store operating expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased 70 basis points to 32.9% in fiscal 2010 from 33.6% in fiscal 2009. Other store operating expenses was negatively impacted by an increase in occupancy expenses driven by recognizing our leaseholds at fair market value as required in purchase accounting, which was more than offset by $6,526 of recognized business interruption recoveries and gains from property related reimbursements stemming from the closure of our Nashville location due to flooding.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel, facilities, and professional expenses for the various departments of our corporate headquarters. General and administrative expenses increased by $12,297, or 40.4%, to $42,734 in fiscal 2010 from $30,437 in fiscal 2009. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 8.2% in fiscal 2010 from 5.8% in fiscal 2009. Approximately $10,235 of the increase is due to increased professional fees and stock-based compensation
 
24

Table of Contents
expenses as a result of the Acquisition. Additional increases are due to increased professional fees not related to the Acquisition, as well as increases in wages, taxes, benefits and severance.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expense includes the depreciation of fixed assets and the amortization of trademarks with finite lives. Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $3,640, or 6.8%, to $50,018 in fiscal 2010 from $53,658 in fiscal 2009. Decreases in depreciation resulted from certain operating assets being fully depreciated subsequent to the end of fiscal 2009. These decreases were partially offset by increases in depreciation from new store openings, maintenance capital expenditures and increased depreciation and amortization charges associated with fair value adjustments as a result of the Acquisition.
Pre-opening costs
Pre-opening costs include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores or conversion of existing stores, including the cost of feasibility studies, pre-opening rent, staff training and recruiting, and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. Pre-opening costs decreased to $2,289 in fiscal 2010 from $3,881 in fiscal 2009. The decrease of opening costs is primarily attributable to the shifts in the timing of new store openings.
Interest expense
Interest expense includes the cost of our debt obligations including the amortization of loan fees, adjustments to mark the interest rate swap agreements to fair value and any interest income earned. Interest expense increased by $10,340 to $32,462 in fiscal 2010 from $22,122 in fiscal 2009 primarily as a result of the Acquisition. In connection with the Acquisition, we incurred $3,000 in fees associated with a temporary bridge financing arrangement, offset by $700 related to the termination of our pre-acquisition swap agreement. Increased debt levels of our senior notes and senior credit facility as a result of the Acquisition elevated our interest expense year-to-date by approximately $8,100. We also had increased debt cost amortization expense due to the Acquisition and lower levels of capitalized interest due to the timing of new store construction.
Provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes consisted of a tax benefit of $3,148 in fiscal 2010 and an income tax provision of $99 in fiscal 2009. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal corporate statutory rate due to the deduction for FICA tip credits, state income taxes and the impact of certain expenses, such as transaction costs, that are not deductible for income tax purposes.
In fiscal 2010, we recorded an increase to our net valuation allowance of $40 against our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes.
As a result of our experiencing cumulative losses before income taxes for the three-year period ending January 30, 2011, we could not conclude that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax asset will be fully realized. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences become deductible.
The accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes limits the recognition of income tax benefits to those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold on the effective date. As of January 30, 2011, we had approximately $881 of unrecognized tax benefits, including approximately $943 in potential interest and penalties. During fiscal 2010, we decreased our unrecognized tax benefit by $1,318. This decrease resulted primarily from tax positions taken in prior periods and the expiration of the statute of limitations. We currently anticipate that approximately $11 of unrecognized tax benefits will be recognized as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations during fiscal 2011. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred income tax accounting, $836 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
We file income tax returns which are periodically audited by various federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. We are generally no longer subject to federal, state or foreign income tax examinations for years prior to fiscal 2006.
Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008
Revenues
Total revenues during fiscal 2009 decreased by $12,575, or 2.4%, to $520,783 in fiscal 2009 from $533,358 in fiscal 2008.
 
25

Table of Contents
The decreased revenues were derived from the following sources:

Comparable stores	  	$	(40,359	) 	
Non comparable stores	  	 	26,907	  	
Other	  	 	877	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	(12,575	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Comparable store revenues were significantly impacted by the unfavorable macro economic environment affecting the restaurant/entertainment industry in general, and the effects of the global economic environment impacted our store locations as well.
Comparable stores revenue decreased by $40,359, or 7.8%, for fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008. Comparable special events revenues which accounted for 12.0% of consolidated comparable stores revenue for fiscal 2009 fell by 24.4% compared to fiscal 2008. The walk-in component of our comparable store sales declined by 5.0% for fiscal 2009.
Food sales at comparable stores decreased by $16,136, or 8.8%, to $167,432 in fiscal 2009 from $183,568 in fiscal 2008. Sales at our comparable stores continued to show a shift away from the beverage component of our business towards our amusements offerings. Beverage sales of comparable stores decreased 12.4% or $11,247 to $79,621 in fiscal 2009 from $90,868 in fiscal 2008. Our amusement and other revenues experienced a somewhat softer 5.4% decline to $227,839 in fiscal 2009 from $240,815 in fiscal 2008. Downward pressures on amusement sales were partially mitigated by our Half-Price Wednesday promotions and Power Card up-sell initiatives which provides greater value to guests in term of chips per dollar.
Our revenue mix was 35.2% for food, 16.6% for beverage and 48.2% for amusement and other for fiscal 2009. This compares to 35.7%, 17.7% and 46.6%, respectively, for fiscal 2008.
Cost of products
Cost of food and beverage revenues decreased to $65,349 in fiscal 2009 from $70,520 in fiscal 2008 principally as a result of lower food and beverage revenue levels in 2009. Cost of food and beverage products, as a percentage of food and beverage revenues, decreased by 60 basis points to 24.2% of revenue for fiscal 2009 compared to 24.8% of revenue for fiscal 2008. A slight increase in beverage cost was offset by reduced costs in our produce and dairy products.
Costs of amusement and other revenues increased to $38,788 in fiscal 2009 from $34,218 in fiscal 2008. As a percentage of amusement and other revenues, these costs increased by 170 basis points to 15.5% in fiscal 2009 compared to 13.8% of revenues in fiscal 2008 primarily as a result of increased redemption costs driven, in part, by increased game play as a result of the Company’s Half-Price Wednesday promotions.
Operating payroll and benefits
Operating payroll and benefits decreased by $7,394, or 5.3%, to $132,114 in fiscal 2009 from $139,508 in fiscal 2008. Operating payroll and benefits as a percentage of revenues decreased by 80 basis points to 25.4% in fiscal 2009 compared to 26.2% in fiscal 2008. This decrease was primarily driven by initiatives designed to reduce hourly labor costs through improved scheduling as well as lower management costs resulting from an administrative centralization effort.
Other store operating expenses
Other store operating expenses increased by $506, or 0.3%, to $174,685 in fiscal 2009 from $174,179 in fiscal 2008. Other store operating expenses as a percentage of revenues increased 100 basis points to 33.6% in fiscal 2009 from 32.6% in fiscal 2008.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel, facilities, and professional expenses for the various departments of our corporate headquarters. General and administrative expenses decreased by $4,109, or 11.9%, to $30,437 in fiscal 2009 from $34,546 in fiscal 2008. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 5.8% in fiscal 2009 from 6.5% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to lower labor costs, and the absence of approximately $2,100 incurred in 2008 related to severance and costs associated with a possible public offering of common stock that was terminated.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expense includes the depreciation of fixed assets and the amortization of trademarks with finite lives. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $4,006, or 8.1%, to $53,658 in fiscal 2009 from $49,652 in fiscal 2008. Depreciation expense increased primarily due to the new stores opened in fiscal 2009 and 2008.
 
26

Table of Contents
Pre-opening costs
Pre-opening costs include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores or conversion of existing stores, including the cost of feasibility studies, pre-opening rent, staff training and recruiting, and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. Pre-opening costs increased to $3,881 in fiscal 2009 from $2,988 in fiscal 2008. The increase of opening costs is primarily attributable to the opening of three new stores in fiscal 2009 and approximately $1,700 of costs incurred related to the opening of two stores in the first half of 2010.
Interest expense
Interest expense includes the cost of our debt obligations including the amortization of loan fees, adjustments to mark the interest rate swap agreements to fair value and any interest income earned. Interest expense decreased by $4,055 to $22,122 in fiscal 2009 from $26,177 in fiscal 2008. The decrease in interest expense is primarily attributed to adjustments to mark the interest rate swap agreements to their fair value and reduced interest costs attributable to the early retirement of $15,000 of our senior notes in September 2008.
Provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes consisted of an income tax provision of $99 in fiscal 2009 and a tax benefit of $45 in fiscal 2008. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal corporate statutory rate due to the deduction for FICA tip credits, state income taxes and the impact of certain expenses that are not deductible for income tax purposes.
In fiscal 2009, we recorded an additional net valuation allowance of $977 against our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes. As a result of our experiencing cumulative losses before income taxes for the three-year period ending January 31, 2010, we could not conclude that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax asset will be fully realized. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences become deductible.
We have adopted the accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance limits the recognition of income tax benefits to those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold on the effective date. As of January 31, 2010, we had approximately $2,468 of unrecognized tax benefits, including approximately $269 in potential interest and penalties, net of related tax benefits. During fiscal 2009, we decreased our unrecognized tax benefit by $43. This decrease resulted primarily from tax positions taken in prior periods and the expiration of the statute of limitations. During the second quarter, one state jurisdiction completed its income tax audit. The Company settled and has released the related reserve.
Quarterly results of operations and seasonality
The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial and operating data in each fiscal quarter during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009. The unaudited quarterly information includes all normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
27

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Fiscal 2010 – Thirteen Week Period Ended	 	 	Fiscal 2009 – Thirteen Week Period Ended	 	 	
 	 	Jan 30,
2011	 	 	Oct 31,
2010	 	 	Aug 1,
2010 (1)	 	 	May 2,
2010	 	 	Jan 31,
2010	 	 	Nov 1,
2009	 	 	Aug 2,
2009	 	 	May 3,
2009	 	 	
 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Combined)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	
Food and beverage revenues	 	$	72,012	  	 	$	59,594	  	 	$	64,551	  	 	$	71,357	  	 	$	71,833	  	 	$	60,549	  	 	$	66,591	  	 	$	71,000	  	 	
Amusement and other revenues	 	 	63,446	  	 	 	56,996	  	 	 	63,365	  	 	 	70,218	  	 	 	61,812	  	 	 	56,636	  	 	 	64,936	  	 	 	67,426	  	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	 	 	135,458	  	 	 	116,590	  	 	 	127,916	  	 	 	141,575	  	 	 	133,645	  	 	 	117,185	  	 	 	131,527	  	 	 	138,426	  	 	
Cost of food and beverage	 	 	16,707	  	 	 	14,327	  	 	 	15,396	  	 	 	17,277	  	 	 	17,024	  	 	 	14,768	  	 	 	16,151	  	 	 	17,406	  	 	
Cost of amusement and other	 	 	9,818	  	 	 	9,051	  	 	 	10,819	  	 	 	10,586	  	 	 	10,316	  	 	 	8,868	  	 	 	10,055	  	 	 	9,549	  	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total costs of products	 	 	26,525	  	 	 	23,378	  	 	 	26,215	  	 	 	27,863	  	 	 	27,340	  	 	 	23,636	  	 	 	26,206	  	 	 	26,955	  	 	
Operating payroll and benefits	 	 	32,871	  	 	 	30,516	  	 	 	32,385	  	 	 	33,468	  	 	 	32,502	  	 	 	31,328	  	 	 	33,752	  	 	 	34,532	  	 	
Other store operating expenses	 	 	38,390	  	 	 	43,147	  	 	 	44,116	  	 	 	45,605	  	 	 	42,110	  	 	 	44,514	  	 	 	45,457	  	 	 	42,604	  	 	
General and administrative expense	 	 	8,161	  	 	 	8,379	  	 	 	17,576	  	 	 	8,618	  	 	 	8,158	  	 	 	7,202	  	 	 	7,672	  	 	 	7,405	  	 	
Depreciation and amortization Expense	 	 	12,906	  	 	 	11,896	  	 	 	12,716	  	 	 	12,500	  	 	 	13,825	  	 	 	13,932	  	 	 	13,168	  	 	 	12,733	  	 	
Pre-opening costs	 	 	452	  	 	 	371	  	 	 	277	  	 	 	1,189	  	 	 	700	  	 	 	983	  	 	 	1,052	  	 	 	1,146	  	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	 	 	119,305	  	 	 	117,687	  	 	 	133,285	  	 	 	129,243	  	 	 	124,635	  	 	 	121,595	  	 	 	127,307	  	 	 	125,375	  	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)	 	 	16,153	  	 	 	(1,097	) 	 	 	(5,369	) 	 	 	12,332	  	 	 	9,010	  	 	 	(4,410	) 	 	 	4,220	  	 	 	13,051	  	 	
Interest expense, net	 	 	8,321	  	 	 	8,388	  	 	 	10,405	  	 	 	5,348	  	 	 	5,340	  	 	 	5,598	  	 	 	5,635	  	 	 	5,549	  	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before taxes	 	 	7,832	  	 	 	(9,485	) 	 	 	(15,774	) 	 	 	6,984	  	 	 	3,670	  	 	 	(10,008	) 	 	 	(1,415	) 	 	 	7,502	  	 	
Income taxes	 	 	3,331	  	 	 	(3,257	) 	 	 	(6,295	) 	 	 	3,073	  	 	 	3,760	  	 	 	(4,518	) 	 	 	(1,478	) 	 	 	2,335	  	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	$	4,501	  	 	$	(6,228	) 	 	$	(9,479	) 	 	$	3,911	  	 	$	(90	) 	 	$	(5,490	) 	 	$	63	  	 	$	5,167	  	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores open at end of period	 	 	58	(2)(3) 	 	 	58	(2)(3) 	 	 	58	(2)(3) 	 	 	57	(2) 	 	 	56	(2) 	 	 	56	(2) 	 	 	55	  	 	 	53	  	 	
Quarterly total revenues as a
percentage of annual total revenues	 	 	26.0	% 	 	 	22.4	% 	 	 	24.5	% 	 	 	27.1	% 	 	 	25.7	% 	 	 	22.5	% 	 	 	25.2	% 	 	 	26.6	% 	 	
Change in comparable store sales	 	 	1.2	% 	 	 	(1.3	)% 	 	 	(4.8	)% 	 	 	(2.5	)% 	 	 	(5.8	)% 	 	 	(7.4	)% 	 	 	(10.1	)% 	 	 	(7.9	)% 	 	
 
(1) 	The operating results for the thirteen weeks ended August 1, 2010 represent the combined 29 day period of the Predecessor and 62 day period of the Successor.	
(2) 	The number of stores includes one franchised store in Canada.	
(3) 	Our location in Nashville, Tennessee, which temporarily closed on May 2, 2010 due to flooding is included in our store count. As of January 30, 2011, the Nashville location remains closed.	
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since the June 1, 2010 transaction, we have financed our activities through cash flow from operations, our 11.0% senior notes, and borrowings under our senior credit facility. As of January 30, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $34,407, a working capital deficit of $5,186 and outstanding debt obligations of $349,250 ($347,918 net of discount). We also had $43,159 in borrowing availability under our senior credit facility, which includes $1,000 in borrowing availability under our Canadian revolving credit facility.
We believe the cash flow from operations, together with borrowings under the senior credit facility described below, will be sufficient to cover working capital, capital expenditures, and debt service needs in the foreseeable future. Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest on, or to refinance, the indebtedness, or to fund planned capital expenditures, will depend on future performance, which is subject to general economic conditions, competitive environment and other factors as described in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in this Report.
Indebtedness—after Acquisition
Total cash requirements of the Acquisition of approximately $595,998 were used to (i) purchase common stock and outstanding options, (ii) repay in full all funds borrowed under the prior credit facility and senior notes, and terminated such facilities; and (iii) to pay certain fees, costs and expenses related to the Acquisition. These financing requirements were financed through a cash equity contribution of $245,498 by affiliates of Oak Hill, certain members of our Board of Directors and management, proceeds from a new $200,000 senior secured credit facility ($150,500 proceeds, net of discount, drawn at acquisition) and proceeds from the issuance of $200,000 in senior notes.
Senior credit facility. In connection with the Acquisition, we terminated our Predecessor’s credit facility and entered into a new senior secured credit facility that provides for (i) a five-year $50,000 revolving credit facility that includes a sub-facility of up to
 
28

Table of Contents
the U.S. dollar equivalent of $1,000 for borrowings in Canadian dollars by our Canadian subsidiary and (ii) a six-year $150,000 term loan. Upon consummation of the Acquisition, we had $5,641 in letters of credit outstanding under our new revolving credit facility, leaving approximately $44,359 available for additional borrowings subject to meeting certain conditions. As of January 30, 2011, we had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility, borrowings of $149,250 ($147,918, net of discount) under the term facility and $6,841 in letters of credit outstanding. We believe that the carrying amount of our term credit facility approximates its fair value because the interest rates are adjusted regularly based on current market conditions.
Our senior secured credit facility is secured by all of our assets and is unconditionally guaranteed by each of our direct and indirect, existing and future, domestic subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) and by us and each of the guarantors with respect to the obligations of the Canadian subsidiary. Borrowings under the senior secured credit facility bear interest, at our option, based upon either a base rate (or, in the case of Canadian revolving credit facility, a Canadian prime rate) or a Eurodollar rate (or, in the case of the Canadian revolving credit facility, a Canadian cost of funds rate) for one-, two-, three- or six-months (or, if agreed by the applicable lenders, nine or twelve months) or, in relation to the Canadian revolving credit facility, 30-, 60-, 90- or 180-day interest periods chosen by us or the Canadian Borrower, as applicable in each case, plus an applicable margin percentage. Swingline loans bear interest at the base rate plus the applicable margin percentage. The weighted average rate of interest on borrowings under our senior credit facility was 6.0% at January 30, 2011.
Interest rates on borrowings under our senior secured credit facility will vary based on the movement of prescribed indexes and applicable margin percentages. On the last day of each calendar quarter, we will be required to pay a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facilities (with swingline loans not deemed, for these purposes, to be a utilization of the revolving credit facility). Our senior secured credit facility requires scheduled quarterly payments of principal on the term loans at the end of each of the fiscal quarters in aggregate annual amounts equal to a percentage of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loan with the balance payable on the maturity date.
Senior notes. In connection with the Acquisition on June 1, 2010, the Company closed a placement of $200,000 aggregate principal amount of senior notes. On November 15, 2010, the Company completed an exchange with the holders of the senior notes pursuant to which the previously existing notes (sold in June 2010 pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) were exchanged for an equal amount of newly issued senior notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act. The senior notes are general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company and mature on June 1, 2018. Interest on the notes is paid semi-annually and accrues at the rate of 11.0% per annum. On or after June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all, or from time-to-time, a part of the senior notes at redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) ranging from 105.5% to 100.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest on the senior notes. Prior to June 1, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40.0% of the original principal amount of the notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 111.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.
The senior notes restrict the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, outside of the new senior credit facility, unless the consolidated coverage ratio exceeds 2.00:1.00 or other financial and operational requirements are met. Additionally, the terms of the notes restrict the Company’s ability to make certain payments to affiliated entities. As of January 30, 2011, our $200,000 of existing senior notes had an approximate fair value of $223,750 based on quoted market price. The Company's senior notes are considered to be Level 1 instruments.
Our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the senior notes contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, will limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness, make loans or advances to subsidiaries and other entities, make initial capital expenditures in relation to new stores, declare dividends, acquire other businesses or sell assets. In addition, under our senior secured credit facility, we will be required to meet certain financial covenants, ratios and tests, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum total leverage ratio. The indenture under which the senior notes have been issued also contain similar covenants and events of defaults.
Other information. On September 30, 2010, Parent Co. repurchased $1,500 of its capital stock from a former member of management, of which $500 was paid by the Company on behalf of Parent Co. prior to January 30, 2011. The Company has accrued $1,000 for the remaining purchase price. Subsequent to the repurchase, Oak Hill controls approximately 96.6% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 3.4% of the outstanding capital stock of Parent Co. The accounting for this transaction has been “pushed down” to the Company’s financial statements and is reflected as a reduction to Paid-in capital.
On February 16, 2011, Parent Co. issued principal amount $180,790 of 12.25% Senior Discount Notes. The notes will mature on February 15, 2016. No cash interest will accrue on the notes prior to maturity. Parent Co. received net proceeds of $100,000, which it used to pay debt issuance costs and a dividend to its stockholders. Parent Co. did not retain any proceeds from the note issuance. Parent Co. is the sole obligor of the notes. Neither D&B Holdings, Dave & Buster's Inc., nor any of their subsidiaries are guarantors of these notes. However, neither D&B Holdings nor Parent Co. have any material assets or operations separate from Dave & Buster’s Inc.
 
29

Table of Contents
As more fully described in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein, on June 1, 2010, our then outstanding debt as described below was fully retired in connection with the acquisition of D&B Holdings by Oak Hill.
Indebtedness—before Acquisition
Senior credit facility. Our debt structure at May 31, 2010 included a senior credit facility providing for a $100,000 term loan facility with a maturity date of March 8, 2013 and providing for a $60,000 revolving credit facility with a maturity date of March 8, 2011. The $60,000 revolving credit facility included (i) a $20,000 letter of credit sub-facility, (ii) a $5,000 swingline sub-facility, and (iii) a sub-facility available to the Canadian subsidiary in the Canadian dollar equivalent to U.S. $5,000. The revolving credit facility was available to provide financing for working capital and general corporate purposes. As of May 31, 2010, we had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility, $67,125 of borrowings under the term loan facility and $5,641 in letters of credit outstanding.
Our senior credit facility was secured by all of our assets and was unconditionally guaranteed by D&B Holdings. Borrowings on our senior credit facility bore interest, at our option, based upon either a base rate (or, in the case of the Canadian revolving credit facility, a Canadian prime rate) or a Eurodollar rate (or, in the case of the Canadian revolving credit facility, a Canadian cost of funds rate) for one-, two-, three- or six-month (or, in the case of the Canadian revolving credit facility, 30-, 60-, 90- or 180-day) interest periods chosen by us, in each case, plus an applicable margin percentage. Swingline loans bore interest at the base rate plus the applicable margin. Effective June 30, 2006, we entered into two interest rate swap contracts that expire in 2011, to change a substantial portion of the variable rate debt to fixed rate debt. Pursuant to the swap contracts, the interest rate on notional amounts of $35,000 was fixed at 5.31% plus applicable margin. The weighted average rate of interest on borrowings under our senior credit facility was 5.20% at May 31, 2010.
Interest rates on borrowings under our senior credit facility varied based on the movement of prescribed indexes and applicable margin percentages. On the last day of each calendar quarter, we were required to pay a commitment fee of 0.5% on any unused commitments under the revolving credit facilities or the term loan facility. Our senior credit facility requires scheduled quarterly payments of principal on the term loans at the end of each of the fiscal quarters in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loan with the balance payable ratably over the final four quarters.
Senior notes. Our debt structure at May 31, 2010 also included $160,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.25% senior notes. The notes were general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of ours and were scheduled to mature on March 15, 2014. Interest on the notes compounded semi-annually and accrued at the rate of 11.25% per annum. On or after March 15, 2010, we could redeem all, or from time-to-time, a part of the senior notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the senior notes.
Our senior credit facility and the indenture governing the senior notes contained restrictive covenants that, among other things, limited our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things: incur additional indebtedness, make loans or advances to subsidiaries and other entities, make capital expenditures, declare dividends, acquire other businesses or sell assets. In addition, under our senior credit facility, we were required to meet certain financial covenants, ratios and tests, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. The indenture under which the senior notes were issued also contained similar covenants and events of defaults.
Historical Cash Flows
The following table presents a summary of our net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities:

 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 30, 2011	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January 31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
February 1, 2009	 	
 	 	(Combined)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Net cash provided by (used in):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	 	$	36,535	  	 	$	59,054	  	 	$	52,197	  	
Investing activities	 	 	(116,219	) 	 	 	(48,406	) 	 	 	(49,084	) 	
Financing activities	 	 	97,409	  	 	 	(2,500	) 	 	 	(13,625	) 	
 
30

Table of Contents
Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009
Net cash provided by operating activities was $36,535 for fiscal 2010 compared to cash provided by operating activities of $59,054 for fiscal 2009. In addition to the downward pressure on cash flow generated by comparable store sales declines, we incurred additional cash flow reductions associated to transaction expenses and debt costs.
Net cash used in investing activities was $116,219 for fiscal 2010 compared to $48,406 for fiscal 2009. The investing activities for fiscal 2010 includes a capital investment of $245,498 by Oak Hill which in part funded the $330,803 cash disbursement paid to purchase Predecessor common stock. Fiscal 2010 investing activities also includes $16,245 of capital expenditure ($13,231 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction and operating improvement initiatives, $7,238 for games and $11,750 for maintenance capital. Insurance proceeds of $4,808 were received for reimbursement of certain property and equipment damaged in the flooding that occurred at our Nashville, Tennessee location and are included in investing activities for fiscal 2010. See Note 5 of our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding this casualty loss During the 2009 fiscal year, the Company spent approximately $33,827 ($25,484 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction and operating improvement initiatives, $3,894 for games and $10,702 for maintenance capital.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $97,409 for fiscal 2010 compared to cash used in financing activities of $2,500 in fiscal 2009. The financing activities during fiscal 2010 include proceeds of $350,500, net of discount arising from our newly issued senior notes and senior secured credit facility, including a $2,000 draw on our revolver. The repayment of the $2,000 revolver draw and first two required paydowns of the senior secured credit facility were made during fiscal 2010. The debt proceeds were used in part to fund the Acquisition and paydown existing debt, including accrued interest. Additionally, $12,591 was used to fund debt issuance costs on the newly issued debt instruments. The financing activities for fiscal 2009 include required principal payments on the term loan facility of $500 and net paydowns under our revolving credit facility of $2,000.
We plan on financing future growth through operating cash flows, debt facilities and tenant improvement allowances from landlords. We expect to spend approximately $71,000 ($64,000 net of cash contributions from landlords) in capital expenditures during fiscal 2011. The fiscal 2011 expenditures are expected to include approximately $50,000 ($43,000 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction and operating improvement initiatives, $9,000 for games (excluding games for new stores) and $12,000 in maintenance capital.
Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008
Net cash provided by operating activities was $59,054 for fiscal 2009 compared to cash provided by operating activities of $52,197 for fiscal 2008. The increase in cash flow from operations is primarily due to the implementation of cash saving measures such as labor initiatives designed to reduce hourly labor cost and management costs in the stores and reduced labor costs in the corporate headquarters.
Net cash used in investing activities was $48,406 for fiscal 2009 compared to $49,084 for fiscal 2008. The investing activities for fiscal 2009 primarily include $48,423 in capital expenditures. The investing activities for fiscal 2008 primarily include $49,254 in capital expenditures.
Net cash used in financing activities was $2,500 for fiscal 2009 compared to $13,625 in fiscal 2008. The financing activities for fiscal 2009 include required principal payments on the term loan facility of $500 and net paydowns under our revolving credit facility of $2,000. The financing activities for fiscal 2008 include required paydowns under our term loan facility of $625, net borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $2,000, and retirement of $15,000 of our senior notes.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following tables set forth the contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 30, 2011 (excluding interest):
Payment due by period

 	  	Total	 	  	1 Year
or Less	 	  	2-3 Years	 	  	4-5 Years	 	  	After 5 Years	 	
Senior credit facility(1)	  	$	149,250	  	  	$	1,500	  	  	$	3,375	  	  	$	3,000	  	  	$	141,375	  	
Senior notes	  	 	200,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	200,000	  	
Interest requirements(2)	  	 	215,624	  	  	 	31,020	  	  	 	63,963	  	  	 	61,358	  	  	 	59,283	  	
Operating leases(3)	  	 	496,716	  	  	 	47,292	  	  	 	95,591	  	  	 	92,632	  	  	 	261,201	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	1,061,590	  	  	$	79,812	  	  	$	162,929	  	  	$	156,990	  	  	$	661,859	  	

 
31

Table of Contents
(1) 	Our senior credit facility includes a $150,000 term loan facility and $50,000 revolving credit facility, including a sub-facility for borrowings in Canadian dollars by our Canadian subsidiary, a letter of credit sub-facility, and a swingline sub-facility. As of January 30, 2011, we had no borrowing under the revolving credit facility, borrowings of $149,250 ($147,918 net of discount) under the term facility and $6,841 in letters of credit outstanding.	
(2) 	The cash obligations for interest requirements consist of (1) interest requirements on our fixed rate debt obligations at their contractual rates and (2) interest requirements on variable rate debt obligations at rates in effect at January 30, 2011.	
(3) 	Our operating leases generally provide for one or more renewal options. These renewal options allow us to extend the term of the lease for a specified time at an established annual lease payment. Future obligations related to lease renewal options that have not been exercised and payments based upon percent of sales are excluded from the table above.	
Critical accounting policies and estimates
The above discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those that we believe are most important to portraying our financial condition and results of operations and also require the greatest amount of judgments by management. Judgments or uncertainties regarding the application of these policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. We consider the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
Property and equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures that substantially increase the useful lives of the property and equipment are capitalized, whereas costs incurred to maintain the appearance and functionality of such assets are charged to repair and maintenance expense. Interest costs incurred during construction are capitalized and depreciated based on the estimated useful life of the underlying asset. These costs are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimate of the depreciable life, resulting in a charge to the operating results. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Reviews are performed regularly to determine whether facts or circumstances exist that indicate the carrying values of property and equipment are impaired. We assess the recoverability of property and equipment by comparing the projected future undiscounted net cash flows associated with these assets to their respective carrying amounts. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair market value of the assets. Changes in the estimated future cash flows could have a material impact on the assessment of impairment. We did not recognize any impairment losses related to property and equipment for fiscal 2010, 2009 or 2008, nor do we presently forsee any such impairment losses.
Accounting for business combinations. The Acquisition resulted in a change in ownership of 100% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations, the purchase price paid in the Acquistion has been “pushed down” to the Company’s financial statements and is allocated to record the acquired assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value. The Acquisition and the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of June 1, 2010 has been recorded based on internal assessments and third party valuation studies. We do not expect any additional material adjustments to these values in the first quarter of 2011.
Goodwill and intangible assets. We account for our goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations and accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets. In accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations, goodwill of approximately $272,626 and intangible assets of $79,000 representing trade names were recognized in connection with the acquisition of Dave & Buster’s by Oak Hill that occurred on June 1, 2010. In accordance with accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and trade names, which have an indefinite useful life, are not being amortized. However, both goodwill and trade names are subject to annual impairment testing.
The evaluation of the carrying amount of other intangible assets with indefinite lives is made at least annually by comparing the carrying amount of these assets to their estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the other intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.
The annual impairment tests were most recently performed in fiscal 2010. No impairment of assets was determined as a result of these tests for fiscal 2010, 2009 or 2008.
Income taxes. We use the asset/liability method for recording income taxes, which recognizes the amount of current and deferred taxes payable or refundable at the date of the financial statements as a result of all events that are recognized in the financial
 
32

Table of Contents
statements and as measured by the provisions of enacted tax laws. We have adopted accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance limits the recognition of income tax benefits to those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold on the effective date.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment and evaluation of uncertainties in the interpretation of store tax regulations. As a result, we have established reserves for taxes that may become payable in future years as a result of audits by tax authorities. Tax reserves are reviewed regularly pursuant to accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. Tax reserves are adjusted as events occur that affect the potential liability for additional taxes, such as the expiration of statutes of limitations, conclusion of tax audits, identification of additional exposure based on current calculations, identification of new issues, or the issuance of statutory or administrative guidance or rendering of a court decision affecting a particular issue. Accordingly, we may experience significant changes in tax reserves in the future, if or when such events occur.
Deferred tax assets. A deferred income tax asset or liability is established for the expected future consequences resulting from temporary differences in the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. As of January 30, 2011, we have recorded a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was established in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes. If we generate taxable income in future periods or if the facts and circumstances on which our estimates and assumptions are based were to change, thereby impacting the likelihood of realizing the deferred tax assets, judgment would have to be applied in determining the amount of valuation allowance no longer required.
Accounting for amusement operations. The majority of our amusement revenue is derived from customer purchases of game play credits which allow our guests to play the video and redemption games in our midways. We have recognized a liability for the estimated amount of unused game play credits, which we believe our guests will utilize in the future based on credits remaining on Power Cards, historic utilization patterns and revenue per game credit sold. Certain midway games allow guests to earn coupons, which may be redeemed for prizes. The cost of these prizes is included in the cost of amusement products and is generally recorded when coupons are utilized by the customer by either redeeming the coupons for a prize in our “Winner’s Circle” or storing the coupon value on a Power Card for future redemption. We have accrued a liability for the estimated amount of outstanding coupons that will be redeemed in subsequent periods based on tickets outstanding, historic redemption patterns and the estimated redemption cost of products per ticket.
Insurance reserves. We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits, general liability, property insurance, director and officers’ liability insurance and vehicle liability. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by us are estimated, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. The estimated accruals for these liabilities, portions of which are calculated by third-party actuarial firms, could be significantly affected if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and historical trends.
Loss contingencies. We maintain accrued liabilities and reserves relating to the resolution of certain contingent obligations. Significant contingencies include those related to litigation. We account for contingent obligations in accordance with accounting guidance for contingencies. This guidance requires that we assess each contingency to determine estimates of the degree of probability and range of possible settlement. Contingencies which are deemed probable and where the amount of such settlement is reasonably estimable are accrued in our financial statements. If only a range of loss can be determined, we accrue to the best estimate within that range; if none of the estimates within that range is better than another, we accrue to the low end of the range. The assessment of loss contingencies is a highly subjective process that requires judgments about future events. Contingencies are reviewed at least quarterly to determine the adequacy of the accruals and related financial statement disclosure. The ultimate settlement of loss contingencies may differ significantly from amounts we have accrued in the financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended the guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures. This guidance uses a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and requires companies to provide additional disclosures based on that hierarchy. The three-levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows: Level 1 defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date, Level 2 defined as pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, Level 3 defined as pricing inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. Effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, disclosure of the amount of and reasons for significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements is required. The amendment also clarified that for Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements, valuation techniques and inputs used for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements are required to be disclosed. The adoption of this guidance on February 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, a reporting entity should separately present information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis in its reconciliation of Level 3 recurring fair value measurements. This accounting guidance is not expected to materially
 
33

Table of Contents
affect the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
The following discussion of market risks contains forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from the following discussion based on general conditions in the financial markets.
We are exposed to market risk from interest rate changes on our senior credit facility. This exposure relates to the component of the interest rate on our $200,000 senior credit facility. As of January 30, 2011, we had borrowings of $149,250 ($147,918, net of discount) under the term facility, which was indexed to three-month LIBOR. A hypothetical 10% increase in the interest rate associated with our term facility would increase our interest expense by approximately $260. As of January 30, 2011 we had no borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Therefore, we had no exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our revolving credit facility at year end fiscal 2010.
 
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	
The consolidated financial statements of the Company and supplementary data are included as pages F-1 through F-25 in this Report.
 
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	
On August 25, 2010, Ernst & Young, LLP (the “Former Auditors”) was dismissed as the Company’s independent auditors. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved their dismissal on August 24, 2010.
The Former Auditors’ audit report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
During the Company’s fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 years and through the subsequent interim period on or prior to August 25, 2010, (a) there were no disagreements between the Company and the Former Auditors on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the Former Auditors, would have caused the Former Auditors to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report; and (b) no reportable events as set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v)(A) through (D) of Regulation S-K have occurred.
Effective September 2, 2010, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors appointed KPMG LLP as our new independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending January 30, 2011. During our fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 years and subsequent interim period on or prior to September 2, 2010, we have not consulted with KPMG LLP regarding the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or any of the matters or events set forth in Item 304(a)(2) of Regulation S-K.
 
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting refers to a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions involving and dispositions of our assets; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material affect on our consolidated financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of the prevention or detection of misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In connection with the preparation of this Report, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the
 
34

Table of Contents
effectiveness of our disclosure of controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. In making this evaluation, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report.
There were no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended January 30, 2011.
 
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	
Not applicable.
PART III
 
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	
Directors and Executive Officers
Each of our directors and officers holds office until a successor is elected or qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, or removal. Pursuant to a stockholders’ agreement, Oak Hill has the right to designate all of the directors. In addition, Oak Hill has the right to remove any or all of the directors that it appoints.
We have not developed a specific policy regarding diversity. However, as part of its periodic self-assessment process, the Board of Directors determines the diversity of special skills and characteristics necessary for the optimal functioning of the Board of Directors in its oversight role over both the short-term and long-term periods.
We do not have any specific, minimum qualifications for service on the Board of Directors. All of our Common Stock is owned by D&B Holdings, and all of the common stock of D&B Holdings is owned by Parent Co. As Oak Hill controls 96.6% of the capital stock of Parent Co., the Board of Directors has determined that it is not necessary for us to have a Nominating Committee or committee performing similar functions. However, we seek to have directors with sound business judgment and knowledge in his or her field of expertise. Identified and described below are additional key experiences, qualifications and skills that are important to our business and that are considered in the selection of directors. These factors may change from time to time.
 
 	•	 	Business experience. We believe that we benefit from having directors with a substantial degree of recent business experience.	
 
 	•	 	Leadership experience. We believe that directors with experience in significant leadership positions provide us with strategic insights. These directors generally possess a practical understanding of organizations, long-term strategy, risk management and the methods to drive change and growth, as well as the ability to identify and develop these qualities in others.	
 
 	•	 	Finance experience. An understanding of finance and financial reporting processes is an important characteristic for our directors. We use financial measures to evaluate our performance as well as our attainment of financial performance targets. In addition, the Board of Directors and the Audit Committee oversee the public disclosures required of us that include financial statements and related information.	
 
 	•	 	Educational and Industry experience. We seek to have directors with relevant education, business expertise and experience as executives, directors, investors, or in other leadership positions in the restaurant and retail sectors.	
The Board of Directors believes that each of the directors listed below possess the necessary professional experience and qualifications to contribute to our success.
The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this Report.

Name	  	Age	  	Position	
Stephen M. King	  	53	  	Chief Executive Officer and Director	
 	 	 	
Dolf Berle(1)	  	48	  	President and Chief Operating Officer	
 	 	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	49	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
 	 	 	
Sean Gleason	  	46	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer	
 
35

Table of Contents

Margo L. Manning	  	46	  	Senior Vice President of Human Resources	
 	 	 	
Michael J. Metzinger	  	54	  	Vice President—Accounting and Controller	
 	 	 	
J. Michael Plunkett	  	60	  	Senior Vice President of Purchasing and International Operations	
 	 	 	
Jay L. Tobin	  	53	  	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary	
 	 	 	
Jeffrey C. Wood	  	48	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Development Officer	
 	 	 	
Tyler J. Wolfram(2)	  	44	  	Chairman of Board of Directors	
 	 	 	
Michael S. Green(3)(5)	  	38	  	Director	
 	 	 	
Kevin M. Mailender(5)	  	33	  	Director	
 	 	 	
Alan J. Lacy(3)(4)	  	57	  	Director	
 	 	 	
David A. Jones	  	61	  	Director	
 
 	(1)	Mr. Berle joined the Company on February 14, 2011	
 	(2)	Chairman of the Compensation Committee	
 	(3)	Member of the Compensation Committee	
 	(4)	Chairman of the Audit Committee	
 	(5)	Member of the Audit Committee	
Set forth below is biographical information regarding our directors and executive officers:
Stephen M. King, has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Director since September 2006. From March 2006 until September 2006, Mr. King served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. From 1984 to 2006, he served in various capacities for Carlson Restaurants Worldwide Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurants worldwide, including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Chief Operating Officer and, most recently, as President and Chief Operating Officer of International. Mr. King brings substantial industry, financial and leadership experience to our Board of Directors.
Dolf Berle, has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer beginning on February 14, 2011. Mr. Berle has been Executive Vice President of Hospitality and Business and Sports Club Division Head for ClubCorp USA, Inc., the largest owner and operator of golf, country club and business clubs, since August 2009. Previously, Mr. Berle served as President of Lucky Strike Entertainment, an upscale chain of bowling alleys, from December 2006 to July 2009 and Chief Operating Officer of House of Blues Entertainment, Inc., a chain of live music venues, from April 2004 to December 2006.
Brian A. Jenkins, joined us as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in December 2006. From 1996 until August 2006, he served in various capacities (most recently as Senior Vice President—Finance) at Six Flags, Inc., an amusement park operator.
Sean Gleason, has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer since August 2009. From June 2005 until October 2008, Mr. Gleason was the Senior Vice President of Marketing Communications at Cadbury Schweppes where he led initiatives for brands such as Dr Pepper, 7UP and Snapple. From May 1995 until May 2005, he served in various capacities (most recently as Vice President, Advertising/Media/Brand Identity) at Pizza Hut for Yum! Brands, the world’s largest restaurant company.
Margo L. Manning, has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since November 2010. Previously, she served as our Senior Vice President of Training and Special Events from September 2006 until November 2010, our Vice President of Training and Sales from June 2005 until September 2006 and as Vice President of Management Development from September 2001 until June 2005. From December 1999 until September 2001, she served as our Assistant Vice President of Team Development, and from 1991 until December 1999, she served in various positions of increasing responsibility for us and our predecessors.
Michael J. Metzinger, has served as our Vice President—Accounting and Controller since January 2005. From 1986 until January 2005, Mr. Metzinger served in various capacities (most recently as Executive Director—Financial Reporting) at Carlson Restaurants Worldwide, Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurant worldwide.
J. Michael Plunkett, has served as our Senior Vice President of Purchasing and International Operations since September 2006. Previously, he served as our Senior Vice President—Food, Beverage and Purchasing/Operations Strategy from June 2003 until June 2004 and from January 2006 until September 2006. Mr. Plunkett also served as Senior Vice President of Operations for Jillian’s from June 2004 to January 2006, as Vice President of Kitchen Operations from November 2000 until June 2003, as Vice President of Information Systems from November 1996 until November 2000 and as Vice President and Director of Training from November 1994 until November 1996. From 1982 until November 1994, he served in operating positions of increasing responsibility for us and our predecessors.
Jay L. Tobin, has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since May 2006. From 1988 to 2005, he served in various capacities (most recently as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel) at Brinker International, Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurant worldwide.
 
36

Table of Contents
Jeffrey C. Wood, has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Development Officer since June 2006. Mr. Wood previously served as Vice President of Restaurant Leasing for Simon Property Group, a shopping mall owner and real estate company, from April 2005 until June 2006 and in various capacities (including Vice President of Development—Emerging Concepts and Vice President of Real Estate and Property Development) at Brinker International, Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurant worldwide, from 1993 until November 2004.
Tyler J. Wolfram is a Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC and has been with the firm since 2001. He is responsible for originating, structuring, and managing investments in the Consumer, Retail & Distribution industry group. He currently serves as a director of NSA International, LLC and The Hillman Companies, Inc. Mr. Wolfram has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since June 2010 and brings substantial financial, investment and business experience to our Board of Directors.
Michael S. Green is a Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC and has been with the firm since 2000. He is responsible for originating, structuring, and managing investments in the Consumer, Retail & Distribution industry group. Mr. Green currently serves as a director of NSA International, LLC, Monsoon Commerce Solutions, Inc. and The Hillman Companies, Inc. Mr. Green has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and brings substantial financial, investment and business experience to our Board of Directors.
Kevin M. Mailender is a Principal of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC and has been with the firm since 2002. Mr. Mailender is responsible for investments in the Consumer, Retail & Distribution industry group. He currently serves as director of The Hillman Companies, Inc. Mr. Mailender has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and brings substantial financial, investment and business experience to our Board of Directors.
Alan J. Lacy is a Senior Advisor to Oak Hill and has been with the firm since 2007. Prior to advising Oak Hill, he was Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sears Holdings Corporation, a large broadline retailer, and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sears Roebuck and Co., a large retail company. During Mr. Lacy’s tenure as CEO of Sears, the company created significant value for shareholders by executing major restructuring and growth initiatives, including the merger of Sears and Kmart, the acquisition of Lands’ End and the sale of Sears’ credit business. Prior to that, Mr. Lacy was employed in a number of executive level positions at major retail and consumer products companies, including Sears, Kraft, Philip Morris and Minnetonka Corporation. Mr. Lacy currently serves as a director of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, The Western Union Company and The Hillman Companies, Inc. and is a Trustee of Fidelity Funds. Mr. Lacy has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and brings substantial management experience to our Board of Directors.
David A. Jones is a Senior Advisor to Oak Hill and has been with the firm since 2008. Prior to advising Oak Hill, he served from 1996 until 2007 as the Chairman and Global Chief Executive Officer of Spectrum Brands, Inc., a $2.7 billion publicly traded consumer products company with operations in 120 countries worldwide and whose brand names include Rayovac, Varta, Remington, Cutter and Tetra. Prior to that, Mr. Jones was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rayovac Corporation (the predecessor to Spectrum Brands), a $1.4 billion publicly traded global consumer products company with major product offerings in batteries, portable lighting and shaving and grooming categories. After Mr. Jones was no longer an executive officer of Spectrum Brands, it filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in March 2009 and exited from bankruptcy proceedings in August 2009. In aggregate, Mr. Jones has over 35 years of experience in senior leadership roles at several leading public and private global consumer products companies, including Spectrum Brands, Rayovac, Thermoscan, Regina, Electrolux, Sara Lee, and General Electric. He currently serves as a director of Pentair, Inc. and The Hillman Companies, Inc. Mr. Jones has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and brings substantial management experience to our Board of Directors.
2010 Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the information concerning all compensation paid by the Company during fiscal 2010 to our directors.

Name(1)	  	Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($) (2)	 	  	Option Awards
($) (3)	 	  	All Other
Compensation
($)	 	  	Total
($)	 	
Alan J. Lacy	  	 	50,000	  	  	 	389,295	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	439,295	  	
David A. Jones	  	 	33,334	  	  	 	194,647	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	227,981	  	
 
(1)	Messrs. King, Wolfram, Green and Mailender were omitted from the Director Compensation Table as they do not receive compensation for service on our Board of Directors. Mr. King’s compensation is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.	
(2)	Reflects the prorata portion of the annual stipend received for service on the Board of Directors during 2010. Board members are also reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their board service. Such reimbursements are not included in this Table. There are no other fees earned for service on the Board of Directors.	
(3)	Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of options calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The discussion of assumptions used for purposes of the valuation of options granted in 2010 appear in the Financial Statements contained in Item 15(a)(i), Note 1, pages F-10 and F-11.	
The members of our Board of Directors, other than Alan Lacy and David Jones, are not separately compensated for their services as directors, other than reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering such services. In addition to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their board service, Mr. Lacy receives an annual cash stipend of $75,000 and Mr. Jones receives an annual cash stipend of $50,000 for serving as members of our Board of Directors. Mr. Lacy and Mr. Jones participate in Parent Co.’s 2010 management incentive plan and each has received an option grant in consideration of their service on our board.
Corporate Governance
The Board of Directors met four times in fiscal 2010, including regular and special meetings. During this period, no individual director attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate of (1) the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and (2) the total number of meetings held by all committees on which such director served.
 
37

Table of Contents
The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. The charters for each of these committees are posted on our website at www.daveandbusters.com/about/corporategovernance.aspx. As all of our Common Stock is owned by D&B Holdings, the Board of Directors has determined that it is not necessary for us to have a Nominating Committee or committee performing similar functions. The Board of Directors does not have a policy with regard to the consideration of any director candidates recommended by our debt holders or other parties.
The Audit Committee, comprised of Messrs. Lacy, Green and Mailender, and chaired by Mr. Lacy, recommends to the Board of Directors the appointment of the Company’s independent auditors, reviews and approves the scope of the annual audits of the Company’s financial statements, reviews our internal control over financial reporting, reviews and approves any non-audit services performed by the independent auditors, reviews the findings and recommendations of the internal and independent auditors and periodically reviews major accounting policies. It operates pursuant to a charter that was amended and restated in December 2006. The Audit Committee held four meetings during fiscal 2010. In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee is qualified as a “financial expert” under the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
The Compensation Committee comprised of Messrs. Wolfram, Green and Lacy, and chaired by Mr. Wolfram, reviews the Company’s compensation philosophy and strategy, administers incentive compensation and stock option plans, reviews the CEO’s performance and compensation, reviews recommendations on compensation of other executive officers, and reviews other special compensation matters, such as executive employment agreements. It operates pursuant to a charter that was amended and restated in December 2006. The Compensation Committee held one meeting during fiscal 2010.
The entire Board of Directors is engaged in risk management oversight. At the present time, the Board of Directors has not established a separate committee to facilitate its risk oversight responsibilities. The Board of Directors will continue to monitor and assess whether such a committee would be appropriate. The Audit Committee assists the Board of Directors in its oversight of our risk management and the process established to identify, measure, monitor, and manage risks, in particular major financial risks. The Board of Directors receives regular reports from management, as well as from the Audit Committee, regarding relevant risks and the actions taken by management to adequately address those risks.
Our board leadership structure separates the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer roles into two positions. We established this leadership structure based on our ownership structure and other relevant factors. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for our strategic direction and our day-to-day leadership and performance, while the Chairman of the Board provides guidance to the Chief Executive Officer and presides over meetings of the Board of the Directors. We believe that this structure is appropriate under current circumstances, because it allows management to make the operating decisions necessary to manage the business, while helping to keep a measure of independence between the oversight function of our Board of Directors and operating decisions.
Code of Business Ethics and Whistle Blower Policy
In April 2006, the Board of Directors adopted a Code of Business Ethics that applies to its directors, officers (including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller and other persons performing similar functions), and management employees. The Code of Business Ethics is available on our website at www.daveandbusters.com/about/codeofbusinessethics.aspx. We intend to post any material amendments or waivers of, our Code of Business Ethics that apply to our executive officers, on this website. In addition, our Whistle Blower Policy is available on our website at www.daveandbusters.com/about/whistleblowerpolicy.aspx.
 
38

Table of Contents
Communications with the Board of Directors
If security holders wish to communicate with the Board of Directors or with an individual director, they may direct such communications in care of the General Counsel, 2481 Mañana Drive, Dallas, Texas 75220. The communication must be clearly addressed to the Board of Directors or to a specific director. The Board of Directors has instructed the General Counsel to review and forward any such correspondence to the appropriate person or persons for response.
 
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This section describes our compensation program for our named executive officers (“NEOs”). The following discussion focuses on our compensation program and compensation-related decisions for fiscal 2010 and also addresses why we believe our compensation program is right for us.
Compensation philosophy and overall objectives of executive compensation programs
It is our philosophy to link executive compensation to corporate performance and to create incentives for management to enhance our value. The following objectives have been adopted by the Compensation Committee as guidelines for compensation decisions:
 
 	•	 	provide a competitive total executive compensation package that enables us to attract, motivate and retain key executives;	
 
 	•	 	integrate the compensation arrangements with our annual and long-term business objectives and strategy, and focus executives on the fulfillment of these objectives; and	
 
 	•	 	provide variable compensation opportunities that are directly linked with our financial and strategic performance.	
Procedures for determining compensation
Our Compensation Committee has the overall responsibility for designing and evaluating the salaries, incentive plan compensation, policies and programs for our NEOs. The Compensation Committee relies on input from our Chief Executive Officer regarding the NEOs (other than himself) and an analysis of our corporate performance. With respect to the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee evaluates the Chief Executive Officer’s performance and sets his compensation. With respect to our corporate performance as a factor for compensation decisions, the Compensation Committee considers, among other aspects, our long-term and short-term strategic goals, revenue goals and profitability.
Our Chief Executive Officer plays a significant role in the compensation-setting process of the other NEOs. Mr. King evaluates the performance of the other NEOs and makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee concerning performance objectives and salary and bonus levels for the other NEOs. The Compensation Committee then discusses the recommendations with the Chief Executive Officer at least annually. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, approve, in whole or in part, the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer. By a delegation of authority from the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee has final authority regarding the overall compensation structure for the NEOs (other than stock option awards). In fiscal 2010, the Compensation Committee approved Mr. King’s recommendations for salary and bonus with respect to each of the other NEOs.
In determining the adjustments to the compensation of our NEOs, we did not conduct a peer group study, perform a benchmarking survey for fiscal 2010 or rely on a compensation consultant. Our Compensation Committee relied on the experience of Wellspring and Oak Hill in managing other portfolio companies, and those experiences informed and guided our compensation decisions for fiscal 2010.
Elements of compensation
The compensation of our NEOs consists primarily of four major components:
 
 	•	 	base salary;	
 
 	•	 	annual incentive awards;	
 
39

Table of Contents
 	•	 	long-term incentive awards; and	
 
 	•	 	other benefits.	
Base salary
The base salary of each of our NEOs is determined based on an evaluation of the responsibilities of that position, each NEO’s historical salary earned in similar management positions and Oak Hill’s experience in managing other portfolio companies. A significant portion of each NEO’s total compensation is in the form of base salary. The salary component was designed to provide the NEOs with consistent income and to attract and retain talented and experienced executives capable of managing our operations and strategic growth. Annually, the performance of each NEO is reviewed by the Compensation Committee using information and evaluations provided by the Chief Executive Officer with respect to the other NEOs and its own assessment of the Chief Executive Officer, taking into account our operating and financial results for the year, a subjective assessment of the contribution of each NEO to such results, the achievement of our strategic growth and any changes in our NEOs’ roles and responsibilities. During fiscal 2010, each of Mr. Jenkins, Mr. Tobin and Mr. Wood received a merit-based increase in base salary.
Annual incentive plan
The Dave & Buster’s, Inc. Executive Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) is designed to recognize and reward our employees for contributing towards the achievement of our annual business plan. The Compensation Committee believes the Incentive Plan serves as a valuable short-term incentive program for providing cash bonus opportunities for our employees upon achievement of targeted operating results as determined by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors. The fiscal 2010 Incentive Plan for most employees was based on our targeted EBITDA for fiscal 2010. However, substantially all of the NEOs received a bonus based on an achievement of various corporate objectives (including items such as EBITDA, total revenues, comparable store sales and similar measures) as determined by the Compensation Committee prior to the beginning of fiscal 2010. Generally, bonus payouts are based 75% on the achievement of a target based on EBITDA and 25% on the achievement of total revenue targets. The Compensation Committee reviews and modifies the performance goals for the Incentive Plan as necessary to ensure reasonableness, achievability and consistency with our overall objectives. In fiscal 2010, incentive compensation awards for all of the NEOs were approved by the Compensation Committee and reported to the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors believe the fiscal 2010 performance targets were challenging to achieve in our current economic environment and yet provided an appropriate incentive for performance, in that it required the achievement of a significant increase in revenues and EBITDA compared to our prior year performance.
Under each NEO’s employment agreement and the Incentive Plan, a target bonus opportunity is expressed as 50% of an NEO’s annualized base salary as of the end of the fiscal year. Bonuses in excess or below the target level may be paid subject to a prescribed maximum or minimum. Below a minimum threshold level of performance, no awards will be granted under the Incentive Plan.
At the close of the performance period, the Compensation Committee determined the bonuses for the NEOs following the annual audit and reporting of financial results for fiscal 2010 and reported the awards to the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee authorized bonuses to the NEOs in amounts that were commensurate with the results achieved at the end of fiscal 2010. In reviewing fiscal 2010 Incentive Plan results, the Compensation Committee recognized that we exceeded the threshold (but were less than the target) for both EBIDTA and total revenue targets for financial performance, which resulted in an award below target level performance for all employees, including the NEOs. Overall, our NEOs were paid between 82.2% and 95.1% of their target bonus opportunity for fiscal 2010 based on the achievement of between minimum and target EBITDA and total revenue performance.
The Compensation Committee believes the incentive awards were warranted and consistent with the performance of such executives during fiscal 2010 based on the Compensation Committee’s evaluation of each individual’s overall contribution to accomplishing our fiscal 2010 corporate goals and of each individual’s achievement of strategic and individual performance goals during the year.
Long-term incentives
The Compensation Committee believes that it is essential to align the interests of the executives and other key management personnel responsible for our growth with the interests of our stockholders. The Compensation Committee has also identified the need to retain tenured, high performing executives. The Compensation Committee believes that these objectives are accomplished through the provision of stock-based incentives that align the interests of management personnel with the objectives of enhancing our value, as set forth in the Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”).
 
40

Table of Contents
The board of directors of Parent Co. awarded stock options to the NEOs during fiscal 2010. The date of grant and the exercise price of the stock option awards were established on the date that the board of directors of Parent Co. approved the award. The exercise price was established by the board of directors of Parent Co. and supported by an independent valuation.
In general, we provide our NEOs with a combination of service-based stock options with gradual vesting schedules and performance-based stock options that vest upon the attainment of a pre-established performance target. A greater number of stock options were granted to our more senior officers who have more strategic responsibilities. With respect to service-based options, the options vest ratably over a five-year period commencing one year following the grant date. With respect to performance-based options, there are various performance-based vesting provisions depending on the type of performance option granted. Adjusted EBITDA vesting options vest over a five-year period based on Parent Co. meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year. Such Adjusted EBITDA vesting options also vest upon a Parent Co. change of control provided that prescribed Oak Hill internal rate of return (IRR) conditions are met. IRR vesting options vest upon a change in control of Parent Co. if Oak Hill’s internal rate of return is greater than or equal to certain percentages set forth in the applicable option agreement. Vesting of options in each case is subject to the grantee’s continued employment with or service to Parent Co. or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination) as of the vesting date. Any options that have not vested prior to a change in control or do not vest in connection with the change in control will be forfeited by the grantee upon a change in control for no consideration.
There are 38,279 shares available for issuance under the Incentive Plan. All other shares have previously been granted. The only other option grants that could be made in the future would be the re-allocation of options that may be forfeited by a participant.
The Compensation Committee will review long-term incentives to assure that our executive officers and other key employees are appropriately motivated and rewarded based on our long-term financial success.
Other benefits
Retirement Benefits. Our employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in the 401(k) retirement plan on the same basis as other employees. However, tax regulations impose a limit on the amount of compensation that may be deferred for purposes of retirement savings. As a result, we established the Select Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”). See “ —2010 Nonqualified deferred compensation ” for a discussion of the SERP.
Perquisites and Other Benefits. We offer our NEOs modest perquisites and other personal benefits that we believe are reasonable and in our best interest, including car allowances, country club memberships, company-paid financial counseling and tax preparation services and supplemental medical benefits. See “ —2010 Summary compensation table .”
Severance Benefits. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs. These agreements provide our NEOs with certain severance benefits in the event of involuntary termination or adverse job changes. See “ —Employment agreements .”
Deductibility of executive compensation
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 limits the deductibility of compensation over $1,000 paid by a company to an executive officer. The Compensation Committee will take action to qualify most compensation approaches to ensure deductibility, except in those limited cases in which the Compensation Committee believes stockholder interests are best served by retaining flexibility. In such cases, the Compensation Committee will consider various alternatives to preserving the deductibility of compensation payments and benefits to the extent reasonably practicable and to the extent consistent with its compensation objectives.
Risk Assessment Disclosure
Our Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Chief Executive Officer assessed the risk associated with our compensation practices and policies for employees, including a consideration of the balance between risk-taking incentives and risk-mitigating factors in our practices and policies. The assessment determined that any risks arising from our compensation practices and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has furnished the following report:
The Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) with the management of the Company. Based on that review and discussion, the Committee has recommended to the Board of Directors that the CD&A be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Tyler J. Wolfram, Chairman	  	Michael S. Green	  	Alan J. Lacy	
 
41

Table of Contents
2010 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The following table sets forth information concerning all compensation paid or accrued by the Company during fiscal 2010 to or for each person serving as our NEOs at the end of 2010.

Name and Principal Position	 	Year	 	 	Salary
($)  (3)	 	 	Option
Awards (4)
($)	 	 	Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)	 	 	All Other
Compensation (5)
($)	 	 	Total
($)	 	
Stephen M. King	 	 	2010	  	 	 	600,000	  	 	 	895,188	  	 	 	258,450	  	 	 	29,697	  	 	 	1,783,335	  	
(CEO)	 	 	2009	  	 	 	600,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	223,050	  	 	 	43,543	  	 	 	866,593	  	
 	 	 	2008	  	 	 	600,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	146,250	  	 	 	39,556	  	 	 	785,806	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	 	 	2010	  	 	 	316,731	  	 	 	466,868	  	 	 	139,994	  	 	 	33,731	  	 	 	957,324	  	
(SVP and CFO)	 	 	2009	  	 	 	300,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	111,525	  	 	 	36,575	  	 	 	448,100	  	
 	 	 	2008	  	 	 	300,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	73,125	  	 	 	39,225	  	 	 	412,350	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Starlette Johnson(1)	 	 	2010	  	 	 	267,692	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	114,867	  	 	 	428,785	  	 	 	811,344	  	
(President and COO)	 	 	2009	  	 	 	400,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	148,700	  	 	 	18,275	  	 	 	566,975	  	
 	 	 	2008	  	 	 	400,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	97,500	  	 	 	18,318	  	 	 	515,818	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jeffrey C. Wood	 	 	2010	  	 	 	313,346	  	 	 	234,148	  	 	 	149,704	  	 	 	23,783	  	 	 	720,981	  	
(SVP, Chief Development Officer)	 	 
 	2009
2008	  
  	 	 
 	310,000
310,000	  

 	—  

—  	  

 	101,448
127,875	  
  	 	 
 	30,583
39,998	  
  	 	 
 	442,031
477,873	  

Jay L. Tobin	 	 	2010	  	 	 	316,362	  	 	 	234,148	  	 	 	137,840	  	 	 	30,990	  	 	 	719,340	  	
(SVP, General Counsel and Secretary)	 	 
 	2009
2008	  
  	 	 
 	309,000
306,819	  

 	—  

—  	  

 	114,871
75,319	  
  	 	 
 	33,068
39,201	  
  	 	 
 	456,939
421,339	  

Sean Gleason(2)	 	 	2010	  	 	 	260,000	  	 	 	234,148	  	 	 	106,860	  	 	 	17,734	  	 	 	618,742	  	
(SVP, Chief Marketing Officer)	 	 	2009	  	 	 	130,000	  	 	 	499,273	  	 	 	44,554	  	 	 	6,560	  	 	 	680,387	  	
 
(1)	Ms. Johnson left her position with the Company effective September 30, 2010. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated May 2, 2010, by and between Ms. Johnson and the Company, and the Confidential Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of September 7, 2010, by and between Ms. Johnson and the Company (collectively, the “Employment Agreements”), Ms. Johnson received termination pay during our 2010 fiscal year and will receive termination pay during our 2011 fiscal year equal to (a) her annual salary and car allowance, (b) a pro rated annual bonus for the 2010 fiscal year, (c) the value of certain employee benefits for the period commencing on October 1, 2010, and ending March 31, 2011. These payments have been accrued during 2010 and have been included under “All Other Compensation” for the 2010 fiscal year.	
(2)	Mr. Gleason joined the Company on August 3, 2009.	
(3)	The following salary deferrals were made under the SERP in 2010: Mr. King, $36,000; Mr. Jenkins, $20,504; Mr. Tobin, $18,982; and Mr. Wood $9,087.	
(4)	Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of options calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The discussion of the assumptions used for purposes of valuation of options granted in 2010 and 2009 appear in the Financial Statements contained in Item 15(a)(i), Note 1, Pages F-10 and F-11.	
(5)	The following table sets forth the components of “All Other Compensation:”	
 
42

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Name	 	Year	 	 	Car
Allowance($)	 	 	Financial
Planning/
Legal
Fees($)	 	 	Club
Dues($)	 	 	Supplemental
Medical($)	 	 	Company
Contributions
to Retirement
& 401(K)
Plans($)	 	 	Severance
Payments /
Accruals($)	 	 	Total
($)(a)	 	
Stephen M.	 	 	2010	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	6,192	  	 	 	10,385	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	29,697	  	
King	 	 	2009	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	12,423	  	 	 	18,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	43,543	  	
 	 	 	2008	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	1,265	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	7,171	  	 	 	18,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	39,556	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brian A.	 	 	2010	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	15,234	  	 	 	5,377	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	33,731	  	
Jenkins	 	 	2009	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	1,096	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	13,359	  	 	 	9,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	36,575	  	
 	 	 	2008	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	1,650	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	15,343	  	 	 	9,112	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	39,225	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Starlette	 	 	2010	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,088	  	 	 	2,773	  	 	 	994	  	 	 	412,930	  	 	 	428,785	  	
Johnson	 	 	2009	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	3,930	  	 	 	1,225	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	18,275	  	
 	 	 	2008	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	4,048	  	 	 	1,150	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	18,318	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jeffrey C.	 	 	2010	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	9,763	  	 	 	900	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	23,783	  	
Wood	 	 	2009	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	16,238	  	 	 	1,225	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	30,583	  	
 	 	 	2008	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	16,786	  	 	 	10,092	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	39,998	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jay L. Tobin	 	 	2010	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	5,000	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	6,536	  	 	 	6,334	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	30,990	  	
 	 	 	2009	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	5,000	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	4,261	  	 	 	10,687	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	33,068	  	
 	 	 	2008	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	5,000	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	10,647	  	 	 	10,434	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	39,201	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sean Gleason	 	 	2010	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3,120	  	 	 	4,614	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17,734	  	
 	 	 	2009	  	 	 	5,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,560	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	6,560	  	
 
(a)	Does not include the “Net Proceeds” received by the named executive officers upon the closing of the Acquisition on June 1, 2010. See Option Exercise table on page 44.	
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS IN FISCAL 2010
The following table shows the grants of plan-based awards to the named executive officers in fiscal 2010.

 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	Exercise or	 	  	Grant Date	 	
 	  	Estimated Future Payouts Under	 	  	All Other Option Awards:	 	  	Base Price	 	  	Fair Value of	 	
 	  	Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards	 	  	Number of Securities	 	  	of Option	 	  	Option	 	
Name	  	Threshold ($)	 	  	Target ($)	 	  	Maximum($)	 	  	Underlying Options (#) (1)	 	  	Awards ($/SH)	 	  	Awards ($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	150,000	  	  	 	300,000	  	  	 	450,000	  	  	 	6,270.00	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	895,188	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	81,250	  	  	 	162,500	  	  	 	243,750	  	  	 	3,270.00	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	466,868	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Starlette Johnson	  	 	100,000	  	  	 	200,000	  	  	 	300,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jeffrey C. Wood	  	 	78,750	  	  	 	157,500	  	  	 	236,250	  	  	 	1,640.00	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	234,148	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jay L. Tobin	  	 	80,000	  	  	 	160,000	  	  	 	240,000	  	  	 	1,640.00	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	234,148	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sean Gleason	  	 	65,000	  	  	 	130,000	  	  	 	195,000	  	  	 	1,640.00	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	234,148	  	
 
(1)	All such payouts are pursuant to the Incentive Plan, as more particularly described under “—Annual incentive plan” above and actual payouts are recorded under “ Non-equity incentive plan compensation ” in the  “—2010 summary compensation table .”	
 
43

Table of Contents
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2010

 	  	Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#) (1)	 	  	Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned	 	  	Option
Exercise
Price	 	  	Option
Expiration	 	
Name	  	Exercisable	 	  	Unexercisable	 	  	Options
(#) (2)	 	  	($)	 	  	Date	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	—  	  	  	 	2,090	  	  	 	4,180	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	6/1/2020	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,090	  	  	 	2,180	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	6/1/2020	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Starlette Johnson	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jeffrey C. Wood	  	 	—  	  	  	 	547	  	  	 	1,093	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	6/1/2020	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jay L. Tobin	  	 	—  	  	  	 	547	  	  	 	1,093	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	6/1/2020	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sean Gleason	  	 	—  	  	  	 	547	  	  	 	1,093	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	6/1/2020	  	
 
(1)	These options represent service-based options granted under the Incentive Plan. Such options vest ratably over a five-year period commencing on June 1, 2011, the first anniversary of the date of grant.	
(2)	These options are performance-based options granted under the Incentive Plan and shall vest (a) in the event the Company achieves certain annual earnings targets and (c) upon a change in control of the Company in which Oak Hill achieves a designated internal rate of return on its initial investment.	
2010 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED TABLE

 	  	Option Awards (1)	 	
Name	  	Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)	 	  	Value Realized
on Exercise
($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	4,574.80	  	  	 	8,120,145	  	
 	 	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	1,854.66	  	  	 	3,264,963	  	
 	 	 	
Starlette Johnson	  	 	3,921.28	  	  	 	6,960,147	  	
 	 	 	
Jeffrey C. Wood	  	 	1,254.10	  	  	 	2,226,011	  	
 	 	 	
Jay L. Tobin	  	 	1,254.10	  	  	 	2,196,584	  	
 	 	 	
Sean Gleason	  	 	953.83	  	  	 	970,019	  	
 
(1)	On June 1, 2010, upon the closing of the Acquisition, each option to acquire D&B Holdings’ common stock was converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the per share exercise price and the per share acquisition consideration without interest (the “Net Proceeds”). Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate Net Proceeds received by the named executive officers.	
2010 NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION
The SERP is an unfunded defined contribution plan designed to permit a select group of management or highly compensated employees to set aside additional retirement benefits on a pre-tax basis. The SERP has a variety of investment options similar in type to our 401(k) plan. Any employer contributions to a participant’s account vest in equal portions over a five-year period, and become immediately vested upon termination of a participant’s employment on or after age 65 or by reason of the participant’s death or disability, and upon a change of control (as defined in the SERP). Pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, however, such distribution cannot be made to certain employees of a publicly traded corporation before the earlier of six months following the employee’s termination date or the death of the employee. Withdrawals from the SERP may be permitted in the event of an unforeseeable emergency.
The following table shows contributions to each NEO’s deferred compensation account in 2010 and the aggregate amount of such officer’s deferred compensation as of January 30, 2011.

Name	  	Executive
Contributions
In Last Fiscal  Year (1)
($)	 	  	Registrant
Contributions in Last
Fiscal Year (2)
($)	 	  	Aggregate
Earnings in Last
Fiscal Year
($)	 	 	Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions (3)
($)	 	  	Fees
&
Adjustments
($)	 	 	Aggregate Balance
at Last Fiscal
Year-End
($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	36,000	  	  	 	10,385	  	  	 	10,135	  	 	 	202,571	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	31,631	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	20,504	  	  	 	5,377	  	  	 	8	  	 	 	92,235	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	16,324	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Starlette Johnson	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	220	  	 	 	8,166	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jeffrey C. Wood	  	 	9,087	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(7	) 	 	 	179,806	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	6,037	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jay L. Tobin	  	 	18,982	  	  	 	5,429	  	  	 	3,915	  	 	 	116,381	  	  	 	(120	) 	 	 	15,970	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sean Gleason	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
 
(1)	Amounts are included in the “Salary” column of the “—2010 Summary compensation table.”	
(2)	Amounts shown are matching contributions pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. These amounts are included in the “All other compensation ” column of the “ —2010 Summary compensation table .”	
 
44

Table of Contents
(3)	The closing of the Acquisition on June 1, 2010, constituted a change of control (as defined in the SERP). Pursuant to the provisions of the SERP, all amounts in a participant’s account were distributed to the participant following such change in control.	
Employment Agreements
As of the closing of the Acquisition, we have entered into new amended and restated employment agreements with our NEOs to reflect the then current compensation arrangements of each of the NEOs and to include additional restrictive covenants, including a one-year non-compete provision and a two-year non-solicitation and non-hire provision. The employment agreement for each NEO provides for an initial term of two years, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless terminated earlier by the NEO or us. Under the terms of the employment agreements, each NEO will be entitled to a minimum base salary and may receive an annual salary increase commensurate with such officer’s performance during the year, as determined by the Board of Directors of Dave & Busters Management Corporation, Inc. Our NEOs are also entitled to participate in Parent’s 2010 Management Incentive Plan and in any profit sharing, qualified and nonqualified retirement plans and any health, life, accident, disability insurance, sick leave, supplemental medical reimbursement insurance, or benefit plans or programs as we may choose to make available now or in the future. NEOs will be entitled to receive an annual automobile allowance, an allowance for club membership and paid vacation. In addition, the employment agreements contain provisions providing for severance payments and continuation of benefits under certain circumstances including termination by us without cause, upon execution of a general release of claims in favor of us. Each employment agreement contains a confidentiality covenant.
Potential Payments Upon Termination Or Change In Control
The following is a discussion of the rights of the NEOs under the Incentive Plan and the employment agreements with the NEOs following a termination of employment or change in control.
Incentive Plan
Pursuant to the Incentive Plan, certain vested stock options shall terminate on the earliest of (a) the day on which the executive officer is no longer employed by us due to the termination of such employment for cause, (b) the thirty-first day following the date the executive officer is no longer employed by us due to the termination of such employment upon notice to us by the executive officer without good reason having been shown, (c) the 366 th  day following the date the executive officer is no longer employed by us by reason of death, disability, or due to the termination of such employment (i) by the executive officer for good reason having been shown or (ii) by us for reason other than for cause, or (d) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of the immediately following sentence, all options that are not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of employment shall immediately terminate and expire on such termination date. A portion of the performance-based stock options shall become vested and exercisable subject to the satisfaction of certain performance requirements set forth in the Incentive Plan. Upon a sale or change in control as more particularly described in the Incentive Plan, certain performance-based stock options shall become vested and exercisable, subject to certain performance requirements set forth in the Incentive Plan.
Employment agreements
Deferred compensation. All contributions made by an executive officer to a deferred compensation account, and all vested portions of our contributions to such deferred compensation account, shall be disbursed to the executive officer upon termination of employment for any reason. See “ —2010 Nonqualified deferred compensation. ”
Resignation. If an executive officer resigns from employment with us, such officer is not eligible for any further payments of salary, bonus, or benefits and such officer shall only be entitled to receive that compensation which has been earned by the officer through the date of termination.
Involuntary Termination Not for Cause. In the event of involuntary termination of employment other than for Cause (as defined in the employment agreements), an executive officer would be entitled to 12 months of severance pay at such officer’s then-current base salary, the pro rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, earned by the officer for the then-current fiscal year, 12 months continuation of such officer’s automobile allowance, and monthly payments for a period of six months equal to the monthly premium required by such officers to maintain health insurance benefits provided by our group health insurance plan, in accordance with the requirements of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985.
Termination for Cause. In the event of termination for Cause, the officer is not eligible for any further payments of salary, bonus, or benefits and shall be only entitled to receive that compensation which has been earned by the officer through the date of termination.
 
45

Table of Contents
Termination for good reason. In the event the employee chooses to terminate his or her employment for reasons such as material breach of the employment agreement by us, relocation of the office where the officer performs his or her duties, assignment to the officer of any duties, authority, or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with such officer’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities or other similar actions, such officer shall be entitled to the same benefits described above under “ —Involuntary Termination Not for Cause .”
Death or disability. The benefits to which an officer (or such officer’s estate or representative) would be entitled in the event of death or disability are as described above under “ —Involuntary Termination Not for Cause .” However, the amount of salary paid to any such disabled officer shall be reduced by any income replacement benefits received from the disability insurance we provide.
Information concerning the potential payments upon a termination of employment or change in control is set forth in tabular form below for each NEO. Information is provided as if the termination, death, disability or change in control (as defined in the Incentive Plan) and certain other liquidity events had occurred as of January 30, 2011 (the last day of fiscal 2010).

Name	  	Benefit	  	Resignation
($)	 	  	Termination
W/Out
Cause($)	 	  	Termination
With
Cause($)	 	  	Termination
for Good
Reason($)	 	  	Death/
Disability
($)	 	  	Change in
Control  ($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	Salary	  	 	—  	  	  	 	600,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	600,000	  	  	 	600,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus(1)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	300,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	300,000	  	  	 	300,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,874	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,874	  	  	 	9,874	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	  	 	31,631	  	  	 	31,631	  	  	 	31,631	  	  	 	31,631	  	  	 	31,631	  	  	 	31,631	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	Salary	  	 	—  	  	  	 	325,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	325,000	  	  	 	325,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus(1)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	162,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	162,500	  	  	 	162,500	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,290	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,290	  	  	 	10,290	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	  	 	13,716	  	  	 	13,716	  	  	 	13,716	  	  	 	13,716	  	  	 	16,324	  	  	 	16,324	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Starlette Johnson(2)	  	Salary	  	 	—  	  	  	 	400,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus	  	 	—  	  	  	 	114,867	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	  	 	—  	  	  	 	2,930	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jeffrey C. Wood	  	Salary	  	 	—  	  	  	 	315,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	315,000	  	  	 	315,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus(1)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	157,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	157,500	  	  	 	157,500	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,793	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,793	  	  	 	9,793	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	  	 	6,037	  	  	 	6,037	  	  	 	6,037	  	  	 	6,037	  	  	 	6,037	  	  	 	6,037	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Jay L. Tobin	  	Salary	  	 	—  	  	  	 	320,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	320,000	  	  	 	320,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus(1)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	160,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	160,000	  	  	 	160,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,874	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,874	  	  	 	9,874	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	  	 	15,970	  	  	 	15,970	  	  	 	15,970	  	  	 	15,970	  	  	 	15,970	  	  	 	15,970	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sean Gleason	  	Salary	  	 	—  	  	  	 	260,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	260,000	  	  	 	260,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus(1)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	130,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	130,000	  	  	 	130,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,290	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,290	  	  	 	10,290	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 
(1)	Accrued and unpaid non-equity incentive compensation payable assuming target performance pursuant to our 2010 Incentive Plan.	
(2)	Ms. Johnson left her position with the Company effective September 30, 2010. The amounts reported include all sums payable to Ms. Johnson pursuant to the Employment Agreements (either paid in 2010 or accrued and payable in 2011).	
The Director Compensation Table and related narrative in Item 10 above is incorporated by reference into this Item 11.
 
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
        As of January 30, 2011, 100 shares of our common stock were outstanding. All of our common stock is owned by D&B Holdings. All of the common stock of D&B Holdings is owned by Parent Co. The following table shows the ownership of Parent Co. common stock by (a) all persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of Parent Co. common stock, (b) each present director, (c) the named executive officers, and (d) all executive officers and directors as a group as of January 30, 2011.
 
46

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Name	  	Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
as of
January 30,
2011	 	  	Number of
Attributable
to Options
Exercisable
Within 60
Days of
January 30,
2011	 	 	Percent(6)	 	 	
Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P.
65 East 55 th  Street, 32 nd  Floor
New York, NY 10022	  	 	228,285.594	  	  	 	 	(1) 	 	 	93.56	% 	 	

Oak Hill Capital Management
Partners III, L.P.
65 East 55 th  Street, 32 nd  Floor
New York, NY 10022	  	 	7,497.429	  	  	 	 	(1) 	 	 	3.07	% 	 	 	 	

Directors(2)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	2,600	  	  	 	—  	(3) 	 	 	1.07	% 	 	 	 	 	
Tyler J. Wolfram	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	 	 	
Michael S. Green	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	 	 	
Kevin M. Mailender	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	 	 	
Alan J. Lacy	  	 	750	  	  	 	—  	(3) 	 	 	*	  	 	 	 	 	
David A. Jones	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	—  	(3) 	 	 	*	  	 	 	 	 	
Named Executive Officers(2)(4)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	950	  	  	 	—  	(5) 	 	 	*	  	 	 	 	 	
Jay L. Tobin	  	 	700	  	  	 	—  	(5) 	 	 	*	  	 	 	 	 	
Jeffrey C. Wood	  	 	700	  	  	 	—  	(5) 	 	 	*	  	 	 	 	 	
Sean Gleason	  	 	300	  	  	 	—  	(5) 	 	 	*	  	 	 	 	 	
All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (21 Persons)	  	 	8,215	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	3.37	% 	 	 	 	 	
 
*	Less than 1%	
(1)	Not applicable	
(2)	We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as noted, and except for any community property interests owned by spouses, the listed individuals have sole investment power and sole voting power as to all shares of stock of which they are identified as being the beneficial owners.	
(3)	Mr. King owns 6,270 stock options under the Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of January 30, 2011. Mr. Lacy owns 2,727 stock options under the Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of January 30, 2011. Mr. Jones owns 1,364 stock options under the Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of January 30, 2011.	
(4)	In addition to Mr. King who serves as a director.	
(5)	Mr. Jenkins owns 3,270 stock options under the Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of January 30, 2011. Mr. Tobin owns 1,640 stock options under the Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of January 30, 2011. Mr. Wood owns 1,640 stock options under the Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of January 30, 2011. Mr. Gleason owns 1,640 stock options under the Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of January 30, 2011.	
(6)	This percentage is based on the number of outstanding shares of common stock as of January 30, 2011.	
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth information concerning the shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of options under the Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan as of January 31, 2011:
 
47

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Plan Category	  	Number of
Securities to
be Issued
Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights	 	  	Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights	 	  	Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future
Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans	 	
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders	  	 	21,721	  	  	$	1,000	  	  	 	38,279	  	
 	 	 	 	
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	21,721	  	  	$	1,000	  	  	 	38,279	  	
 
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	
Relationship with Oak Hill
Our directors, Tyler J. Wolfram and Michael S. Green, are both Partners of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. Our director, Kevin M. Mailender, is a Principal of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC and our directors, Alan J. Lacy and David A. Jones are both Senior Advisors to Oak Hill.
Director Independence
Though not formally considered by our Board of Directors because we are not a listed issuer, we have evaluated the independence of our Board of Directors using the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We believe that Messrs. Lacy and Jones are independent directors within the meaning of the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
Expense reimbursement agreement
We have entered into an expense reimbursement agreement with Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition. Pursuant to this Agreement, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC provides general advice to us in connection with our long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of certain expenses of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement expires in June 2015 and after that date such agreement will renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention not to renew.
Stockholders’ agreement
Parent Co., certain members of management and Oak Hill entered into a stockholders’ agreement as of June 1, 2010. The stockholders’ agreement contains, among other things, certain restrictions on the ability of the parties thereto to freely transfer the securities of Parent Co. held by such parties. In addition, the stockholders’ agreement provides that Oak Hill may compel a sale of all or a portion of the equity in Parent Co. to a third party (commonly known as drag-along rights) and, alternatively, that stockholders of Parent Co. may participate in certain sales of stock by Oak Hill to third parties (commonly known as tag-along rights). The stockholders’ agreement also contains certain corporate governance provisions regarding the nomination of directors and officers of Parent Co. by the parties thereto. The stockholders’ agreement also provides that Parent Co.’s stockholders, under certain circumstances, will have the ability to cause Parent to register common equity securities of Parent Co. under the Securities Act, and provide for procedures by which certain of the equity holders of Parent Co. may participate in such registrations.
Related Transactions
        We have not adopted a formal policy governing the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. However, our Audit Committee reviews, approves or ratifies, when necessary, all transactions involving corporate officers. In addition, pursuant to our Code of Business Ethics, it is Company policy that unless a written waiver is granted (as explained below), employees may not (a) perform services for or have a financial interest in a private company that is, or may become, a supplier, customer, or competitor of the Company; (b) perform services for or own more than 1% of the equity of a publicly traded company that is, or may become, a supplier, customer, or competitor of the Company, or (c) perform outside work or otherwise engage in any outside activity or enterprise that may interfere in any way with job performance or create a conflict with the Company’s best interests. Employees are under a continuing obligation to disclose to their supervisors any situation that presents the possibility of a conflict or disparity of interest between the employee and the Company. An employee’s conflict of interest may only be waived if both the Legal Department and the employee’s supervisor waive the conflict in writing. An officer’s conflict of interest may only be waived if the Audit Committee approves the waiver.
 
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	
On August 25, 2010 Ernst & Young, LLP (“Ernst & Young”) was dismissed as the Company’s independent auditors. Effective September 2, 2010, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors appointed KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) as our new independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending January 30, 2011.
Neither KPMG nor Ernst & Young, has a direct or indirect interest in the Company. Ernst & Young had been the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm since 1995. The following table sets forth the fees for professional audit services provided by KPMG and Ernst & Young, for the fiscal years ended January 30, 2011 and January 31, 2010:
 
48

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Fiscal
2010	 	  	Fiscal
2009	 	
Audit Fees (1)	  	$	490	  	  	$	643	  	
Audit-Related Fees(2)	  	 	44	  	  	 	16	  	
Tax Fees(3)	  	 	0	  	  	 	19	  	
All Other	  	 	0	  	  	 	0	  	

Total	  	$	534	  	  	$	678	  	

(1) 	Includes fees for services for the audit of our annual financial statements, the reviews of our interim financial statements, implementation of accounting pronouncements and assistance with SEC filings. Audit fees for fiscal 2010 were $430 for KPMG and $60 for Ernst & Young.	
(2) 	Fiscal 2010 includes fees paid to Ernst & Young for planning activities related to the 2010 audit. There were no audit related fees paid to KPMG.	
(3) 	Includes fees for services related to tax compliance, preparation and planning services (including U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign returns) and tax examination assistance.	
The Audit Committee has established a policy whereby the outside auditors are required to seek pre-approval on an annual basis of all audit, audit-related, tax and other services by providing a prior description of the services to be performed and a specific fee estimate for each such service. Individual engagements anticipated to exceed the pre-approved thresholds must be separately approved by the Audit Committee. For Fiscal 2010, 100% of all audit-related services, tax services and other services were pre-approved by the Audit Committees, which concluded that the provision of such services by each of Ernst & Young, LLP and KPMG LLP were compatible with such firm’s independence.
 
49

Table of Contents
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
We have reviewed and discussed with management and KPMG, the independent registered public accounting firm, our audited financial statements as of and for the year ended January 30, 2011. We have also discussed with KPMG the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards 61,  Communications with Audit Committees , as amended, by the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accounts.
We have received and reviewed the written disclosures and the letter from KPMG required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding KPMG’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, have considered the compatibility of non-audit services with the firm’s independence, and have discussed with the auditors the firm’s independence.
Based on the reviews and discussions referred to above, we have recommended to the Board of Directors that the financial statements referred to above be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Alan J. Lacy, Chairman	 	Michael S. Green	 	Kevin M. Mailender	
 
50

Table of Contents
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	

(a) (1)	 	Financial Statements	
 	 	See Pages F-1 to F-25 of this Report.	
 	 	
(a) (2)	 	Financial Statement Schedules	
 	 	
 	 	None.	
 	 	
(a) (3)	 	See the Index to Exhibits attached hereto on Page E-1 for a list of all exhibits filed as part of this document.	
 
51

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 	 	 	 	DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.,
a Missouri Corporation	
 	 	 	 	
Date: April 14, 2011	 	 	 	By:	 	/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we have signed in our indicated capacities on April 14, 2011.

  	  	Signature	  	Title	
 	 	 	
By:	  	/s/ Stephen M. King	  	Chief Executive Officer and Director	
 	  	Stephen M. King	  	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 	 	 	
By:	  	/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
 	  	Brian A. Jenkins	  	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	
 	 	 	
By:	  	/s/ Tyler J. Wolfram	  	Chairman of the Board of Directors	
 	  	Tyler J. Wolfram	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	  	/s/ Michael S. Green	  	Director	
 	  	Michael S. Green	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	  	/s/ David A. Jones	  	Director	
 	  	David A. Jones	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	  	/s/ Alan J. Lacy	  	Director	
 	  	Alan J. Lacy	  	 	
 	 	 	
By:	  	/s/ Kevin M. Mailender	  	Director	
 	  	Kevin M. Mailender	  	 	
 
52

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Dave & Buster’s Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Dave & Buster’s Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of January 30, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the 120-day period ended May 31, 2010 and the 244-day period ended January 30, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dave & Buster’s Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 30, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the 120-day period ended May 31, 2010 and the 244-day period ended January 30, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Dallas, Texas
April 14, 2011
 
F-1

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Dave & Buster’s, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and subsidiaries (Predecessor) as of January 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two fiscal years in the period ended January 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and subsidiaries (Predecessor) at January 31, 2010, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two fiscal years in the period ended January 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas Texas
April 15, 2010
 
F-2

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share amounts)

 	  	January 30,
2011	 	 	  	  	January 31,
2010	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	  	  	(Predecessor)
(Note 1)	 	
ASSETS	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	34,407	  	 	 	  	$	16,682	  	
Inventories (Note 1)	  	 	14,231	  	 	 	  	 	13,782	  	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	9,609	  	 	 	  	 	8,347	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	7,568	  	 	 	  	 	5,308	  	
Income tax receivable	  	 	5,861	  	 	 	  	 	51	  	
Other current assets	  	 	5,015	  	 	 	  	 	2,616	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	76,691	  	 	 	  	 	46,786	  	
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation (Note 6)	  	 	304,819	  	 	 	  	 	294,151	  	
Tradenames	  	 	79,000	  	 	 	  	 	63,000	  	
Goodwill	  	 	272,626	  	 	 	  	 	65,857	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	31,406	  	 	 	  	 	13,846	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	764,542	  	 	 	  	$	483,640	  	

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current installments of long-term debt (Note 8)	  	$	1,500	  	 	 	  	$	836	  	
Accounts payable	  	 	18,694	  	 	 	  	 	21,414	  	
Accrued liabilities (Note 7)	  	 	59,864	  	 	 	  	 	57,142	  	
Income taxes payable	  	 	1,434	  	 	 	  	 	1,136	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	385	  	 	 	  	 	180	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	81,877	  	 	 	  	 	80,708	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	24,702	  	 	 	  	 	11,493	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	59,017	  	 	 	  	 	60,712	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	12,698	  	 	 	  	 	11,667	  	
Long-term debt, less current installments (Note 8), net of unamortized discount	  	 	346,418	  	 	 	  	 	226,414	  	
Commitment and contingencies (Note 13)	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity (Note 11):	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 authorized; 100 issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2011 and January 31, 2010	  	 	—  	  	 	 	  	 	—  	  	
Preferred stock, 10,000,000 authorized; none issued	  	 	—  	  	 	 	  	 	—  	  	
Paid-in capital	  	 	244,792	  	 	 	  	 	112,069	  	
Accumulated comprehensive income	  	 	195	  	 	 	  	 	216	  	
Accumulated deficit	  	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	  	 	(19,639	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	  	 	239,830	  	 	 	  	 	92,646	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	  	$	764,542	  	 	 	  	$	483,640	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-3

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands)

 	  	244 Days
Ended
January 30, 2011	 	 	 	 	  	120 Days
Ended
May 31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal
Year Ended
January 31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal
Year Ended
February  1, 2009	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	 	 	  	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Food and beverage revenues	  	$	177,044	  	 	 	 	 	  	$	90,470	  	 	$	269,973	  	 	$	284,779	  	
Amusement and other revenues	  	 	166,489	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	87,536	  	 	 	250,810	  	 	 	248,579	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	 	343,533	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	178,006	  	 	 	520,783	  	 	 	533,358	  	
Cost of food and beverage	  	 	41,890	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	21,817	  	 	 	65,349	  	 	 	70,520	  	
Cost of amusement and other	  	 	26,832	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	13,442	  	 	 	38,788	  	 	 	34,218	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of products	  	 	68,722	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	35,259	  	 	 	104,137	  	 	 	104,738	  	
Operating payroll and benefits	  	 	85,271	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	43,969	  	 	 	132,114	  	 	 	139,508	  	
Other store operating expenses	  	 	111,456	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	59,802	  	 	 	174,685	  	 	 	174,179	  	
General and administrative expenses	  	 	25,670	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	17,064	  	 	 	30,437	  	 	 	34,546	  	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	33,794	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	16,224	  	 	 	53,658	  	 	 	49,652	  	
Pre-opening costs	  	 	842	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	1,447	  	 	 	3,881	  	 	 	2,988	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	  	 	325,755	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	173,765	  	 	 	498,912	  	 	 	505,611	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	17,778	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	4,241	  	 	 	21,871	  	 	 	27,747	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	25,486	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	6,976	  	 	 	22,122	  	 	 	26,177	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes	  	 	(7,708	) 	 	 	 	 	  	 	(2,735	) 	 	 	(251	) 	 	 	1,570	  	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	(2,551	) 	 	 	 	 	  	 	(597	) 	 	 	99	  	 	 	(45	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	(5,157	) 	 	 	 	 	  	$	(2,138	) 	 	$	(350	) 	 	$	1,615	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)

 	  	Common Stock	 	  	Paid-In
Capital	 	 	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income	 	 	Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)	 	 	Total	 	 	
 	  	Shares	 	  	Amount	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, February 3, 2008 (Predecessor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	110,466	  	 	 	1,194	  	 	 	(20,904	) 	 	 	90,756	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net earnings	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,615	  	 	 	1,615	  	 	 	 	
Unrealized foreign currency translation loss (net of tax)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,228	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,228	) 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	387	  	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	880	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	880	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, February 1, 2009 (Predecessor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	111,346	  	 	 	(34	) 	 	 	(19,289	) 	 	 	92,023	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(350	) 	 	 	(350	) 	 	 	 	
Unrealized foreign currency Translation gain (net of tax)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	250	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	250	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(100	) 	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	723	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	723	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance January 31, 2010 (Predecessor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	$	112,069	  	 	$	216	  	 	$	(19,639	) 	 	$	92,646	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2,138	) 	 	 	(2,138	) 	 	 	 	
Unrealized foreign currency Translation gain (net of tax)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	49	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	49	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2,089	) 	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,697	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,697	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance May 31, 2010 (Predecessor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	113,766	  	 	 	265	  	 	 	(21,777	) 	 	 	92,254	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Elimination of Predecessor equity	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(113,766	) 	 	 	(265	) 	 	 	21,777	  	 	 	(92,254	) 	 	 	 	
Initial investment by Oak Hill	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	245,498	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	245,498	  	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	 	
Unrealized foreign currency Translation gain (net of tax)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	195	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	195	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(4,962	) 	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	794	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	794	  	 	 	 	
Repurchase of parent shares from former executive (see Note 1)	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance January 30, 2011 (Successor)	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	$	244,792	  	 	$	195	  	 	$	(5,157	) 	 	$	239,830	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

 	  	244 Days Ended
January  30,
2011	 	 	120 Days Ended
May  31,
2010	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January  31,
2010	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
February 1,
2009	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	(5,157	) 	 	$	(2,138	) 	 	$	(350	) 	 	$	1,615	  	
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	33,794	  	 	 	16,224	  	 	 	53,658	  	 	 	49,652	  	
Deferred income tax benefit	  	 	(1,245	) 	 	 	(2,241	) 	 	 	(6,246	) 	 	 	(3,344	) 	
Loss (gain) on sale of fixed assets	  	 	(2,813	) 	 	 	416	  	 	 	1,004	  	 	 	1,648	  	
Stock-based compensation charges	  	 	794	  	 	 	1,697	  	 	 	723	  	 	 	880	  	
Other, net	  	 	603	  	 	 	(11	) 	 	 	642	  	 	 	(468	) 	
Changes in assets and liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Inventories	  	 	(1,142	) 	 	 	(31	) 	 	 	1,486	  	 	 	(103	) 	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	(168	) 	 	 	(1,094	) 	 	 	(570	) 	 	 	333	  	
Income tax receivable	  	 	8	  	 	 	(1,856	) 	 	 	2,203	  	 	 	(2,254	) 	
Other current assets	  	 	1,224	  	 	 	519	  	 	 	(2,167	) 	 	 	5,949	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	3,022	  	 	 	(190	) 	 	 	675	  	 	 	2,111	  	
Accounts payable	  	 	(2,022	) 	 	 	(698	) 	 	 	2,524	  	 	 	(3,103	) 	
Accrued liabilities	  	 	(3,471	) 	 	 	(2,137	) 	 	 	(3,620	) 	 	 	(769	) 	
Income taxes payable	  	 	(55	) 	 	 	2,886	  	 	 	671	  	 	 	(3,692	) 	
Acquisition of minority interest	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(102	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	398	  	 	 	86	  	 	 	7,683	  	 	 	2,569	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	(159	) 	 	 	(137	) 	 	 	840	  	 	 	1,173	  	
Deferred insurance proceeds (Note 5)	  	 	1,629	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	25,240	  	 	 	11,295	  	 	 	59,054	  	 	 	52,197	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Initial Investment by Oak Hill	  	 	245,498	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Purchase of Predecessor stock	  	 	(330,803	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Capital expenditures	  	 	(22,255	) 	 	 	(12,978	) 	 	 	(48,423	) 	 	 	(49,254	) 	
Repurchase of parent shares from former executive (Note 1)	  	 	(500	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Insurance proceeds on Nashville property (Note 5)	  	 	4,808	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment	  	 	8	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	170	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(103,244	) 	 	 	(12,975	) 	 	 	(48,406	) 	 	 	(49,084	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repayments of long-term debt, including extinguishment fees	  	 	(237,625	) 	 	 
	—  
	  
	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Borrowings under senior credit facility	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	36,600	  	 	 	24,000	  	
Repayments of senior secured credit facility	  	 	(2,750	) 	 	 
	(125
	) 
	 	 	(39,100	) 	 	 	(22,625	) 	
Borrowings under senior secured credit facility, net of unamortized discount	  	 	150,500	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Borrowings under senior notes	  	 	200,000	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Repayments under senior notes	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(15,000	) 	
Debt issuance costs	  	 	(12,591	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	  	 	97,534	  	 	 	(125	) 	 	 	(2,500	) 	 	 	(13,625	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	19,530	  	 	 	(1,805	) 	 	 	8,148	  	 	 	(10,512	) 	
Beginning cash and cash equivalents	  	 	14,877	  	 	 	16,682	  	 	 	8,534	  	 	 	19,046	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending cash and cash equivalents	  	$	34,407	  	 	$	14,877	  	 	$	16,682	  	 	$	8,534	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid (refunds received) for income taxes, net	  	$	(1,257	) 	 	$	597	  	 	 	3,599	  	 	$	9,005	  	
Cash paid for interest and related debt fees, net of amounts capitalized	  	$	33,036	  	 	$	10,259	  	 	 	22,932	  	 	$	25,650	  	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-6

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Note 1: General Information
On June 1, 2010, Games Acquisition Corp. (“Holdings”), a newly-formed Delaware corporation owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, “Oak Hill”) acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc. (“D&B Holdings”) from Wellspring Capital Partners III, L.P. (“Wellspring”) and HBK Main Street Investors L.P. (“HBK”). In connection therewith, Games Merger Corp., a newly-formed Missouri corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, merged (the “OH Merger”) with and into D&B Holdings’ wholly-owned, direct subsidiary, Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (with Dave & Buster’s, Inc. being the surviving corporation in the OH Merger). After the acquisition transactions described above (collectively, “the Acquisition”), Oak Hill owned approximately 96% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management owned approximately 4% of the outstanding capital stock of Holdings. Subsequent to the transactions described above, Holdings changed its name to Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. (“Parent Co.”). See Note 3 for further discussion on the Acquisition and purchase price. The accounting for this transaction has been “pushed down” to the Company’s financial statements.
Parent Co. owns no other significant assets or operations other than the ownership of all the common stock of D&B Holdings. D&B Holdings owns no other significant assets or operations other than the ownership of all the common stock of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. References to “Dave & Buster’s,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” are references to Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Our one industry segment is the ownership, operation and licensing of high-volume entertainment and dining venues under the names “Dave & Buster’s” and “Dave & Buster’s Grand Sports Café.” As of January 30, 2011, there were 57 company-owned locations in the United States and Canada and one franchise location in Canada. Our fiscal year ends on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31.
On September 30, 2010, Parent Co. repurchased $1,500 of its capital stock from a former member of management, of which $500 was paid by the Company on behalf of Parent Co. prior to January 30, 2011. The Company has accrued $1,000 for the remaining purchase price. Subsequent to the repurchase, Oak Hill controls approximately 96.6% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 3.4% of the outstanding capital stock of Parent Co.
On February 16, 2011, Parent Co. issued principal amount $180,790 of 12.25% Senior Discount Notes. The notes will mature on February 15, 2016. No cash interest will accrue on the notes prior to maturity. Parent Co. received net proceeds of $100,000, which it used to pay debt issuance costs and a dividend to its stockholders. Parent Co. did not retain any proceeds from the note issuance. Parent Co. is the sole obligor of the notes. D&B Holdings, Dave & Buster's Inc. nor any of its subsidiaries are guarantors of these notes. However, neither D&B Holdings nor Parent Co. have any material assets or operations separate from Dave & Buster’s Inc.
Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation—The accompanying audited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States as prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the opinion of management, these financial statements contain all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated.
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require operating results for Dave & Buster’s, Inc. prior to the Acquisition completed June 1, 2010 to be presented as the Predecessor’s results in the historical financial statements. Operating results subsequent to the Acquisition are presented as the Successor’s results and include all periods including and subsequent to June 1, 2010. There have been no changes in the business operations of the Company due to the Acquisition.
The financial statements include our accounts after elimination of all significant intercompany balances and transactions. All dollar amounts are presented in thousands, unless otherwise noted, except share amounts.
Reclassifications—One reclassification has been made to the 2009 Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the 2010 presentation. We reclassified $5,903 of our rent liability as of January 30, 2011 to accrued liabilities. This represents the current portion of rent liability that was previously reported in deferred occupancy costs.
Seasonality—Our revenues and operations are influenced by seasonal shifts in consumer spending. Revenues associated with
 
F-7

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
spring and year-end holidays during our first and fourth quarters have historically been higher as compared to the other quarters and will continue to be susceptible to the impact of severe winter weather on customer traffic and sales during those periods. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters.
Use of estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents—We consider transaction settlements in process from credit card companies and all highly liquid temporary investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Inventories—Inventories are reported at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out method. Amusement inventory includes electronic equipment, stuffed animals and small novelty items used as redemption prizes for certain midway games, as well as supplies needed for midway operations. Inventories consist of the following:

 	  	January 30,
2011	 	  	January 31,
2010	 	
Operating store - food and beverage	  	$	2,833	  	  	$	2,793	  	
Operating store - amusement	  	 	6,407	  	  	 	6,821	  	
Corporate supplies, warehouse and other	  	 	4,991	  	  	 	4,168	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	14,231	  	  	$	13,782	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Property and equipment—Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures that substantially increase the useful lives of the property and equipment are capitalized, whereas costs incurred to maintain the appearance and functionality of such assets are charged to repair and maintenance expense. Interest costs incurred during construction are capitalized and depreciated based on the estimated useful life of the underlying asset. Interest costs capitalized during the construction of facilities were $62 for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), $110 for the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), $640 for fiscal 2009 and $522 for fiscal 2008.
Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. Depreciation expense totaled $32,687 for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), $15,696 for the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), $52,058 for fiscal 2009, and $48,052 for fiscal 2008. Reviews are performed regularly to determine whether facts or circumstances exist that indicate the carrying values of the property and equipment are impaired. We assess the recoverability of property and equipment by comparing the projected future undiscounted net cash flows associated with these assets to their respective carrying amounts. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair market value of the assets.
Goodwill and other intangible assets—In accordance with accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles, such as tradenames, are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at least annually. Indefinite lived intangibles include goodwill in the amount of $272,626 and tradenames in the amount of $79,000. Annual impairment tests were completed for fiscal 2010. No impairment of assets was determined based on the results of these tests.
We have developed and acquired certain trademarks that are utilized in our business and have been determined to have finite lives. These trademarks in the amount of $8,500 are amortized over their estimated life of seven years. As of January 30, 2011 and January 31, 2010, we had net trademarks of $7,688 and $1,723, respectively, included in Other assets and deferred charges. Amortization expense related to trademarks totaled $812 for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor), $528 for the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecesor), and $1,600 each year for fiscal years 2009 and 2008. We also have intangible assets related to our non-compete agreements and customer relationships in the amount of $2,200, which are amortized over their estimated life. As of January 30, 2011, we had a net balance of $1,905 included in Other assets and deferred charges. Amortization expense related to these intangibles totaled $295 in the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor). Total amortization expense for future years is currently estimated at $1,653 and $1,485 for 2011 and 2012, respectively.
Deferred financing costs—The Company capitalizes costs incurred in connection with borrowings or establishment of credit facilities. These costs are included in other assets and deferred charges and are amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the life of the borrowing or life of the credit facility. In the case of early debt principal repayments, the Company adjusts the value of
 
F-8

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
the corresponding deferred financing costs with a charge to interest expense, and similarly adjusts the future amortization expense. The following table details amounts relating to those assets:

 	  	244 days ended
January 30, 2011	 	 	120 days ended
May 31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal Year ended
January 31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal Year ended
February 1, 2009	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Balance at beginning of period	  	$	12,591	  	 	$	4,668	  	 	$	6,132	  	 	$	8,066	  	
Write-off during period due to prepayments of principal	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(429	) 	
Amortization during period	  	 	(1,279	) 	 	 	(479	) 	 	 	(1,464	) 	 	 	(1,505	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at end of period	  	$	11,312	  	 	$	4,189	  	 	$	4,668	  	 	$	6,132	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Scheduled amortization for future years, assuming no early prepayment of principal is as follows:

2011	  	$	1,909	  	
2012	  	 	1,942	  	
2013	  	 	1,906	  	
2014	  	 	1,906	  	
2015	  	 	1,623	  	
Thereafter	  	 	2,026	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total amortization	  	$	11,312	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Income taxes—We use the asset/liability method for recording income taxes, which recognizes the amount of current and deferred taxes payable or refundable at the date of the financial statements as a result of all events that are recognized in the financial statements and as measured by the provisions of enacted tax laws. We also recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions for those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment and evaluation of uncertainties in the interpretation of state tax regulations. As a result, we have established accruals for taxes that may become payable in future years as a result of audits by tax authorities. Tax accruals are reviewed regularly pursuant to accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. Tax accruals are adjusted as events occur that affect the potential liability for taxes, such as the expiration of statutes of limitations, conclusion of tax audits, identification of additional exposure based on current calculations, identification of new issues, or the issuance of statutory or administrative guidance or rendering of a court decision affecting a particular issue. Accordingly, we may experience significant changes in tax accruals in the future, if or when such events occur.
As of January 30, 2011, we have accrued approximately $881 of unrecognized tax benefits, including an additional amount of approximately $943 of penalties and interest. We recognized approximately $1,020 of tax benefits and an additional $210 of benefits related to penalties and interest during the third quarter as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred income tax accounting, $836 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.
As a result of the tax consequences associated with certain Acquisition related expenses between the seller and the acquirer, the Company generated certain tax attributes related to stock compensation deductions which were accounted for in accordance with current accounting guidance related to share based payments. These attributes were measured and recorded as deferred tax assets based on fair value adjustments as a result of the Acquisition and the application of business combination accounting.
Deferred tax assets—A deferred income tax asset or liability is established for the expected future consequences resulting from temporary differences in the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. As of January 30, 2011, we have recorded $10,827 as a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was established in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes. If we generate taxable income in future periods or if the facts and circumstances on which our estimates and assumptions are based were to change, thereby impacting the likelihood of realizing the deferred tax assets, judgment would have to be applied in determining the amount of valuation allowance no longer required.
Self-Insurance Accruals—We are self-insured for certain losses related to workers’ compensation claims and general liability matters and our company sponsored employee health insurance programs. We estimate the accrued liabilities for our self-
 
F-9

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
insurance programs using historical claims experience and loss reserves, assisted by independent third-party actuaries. To limit our exposure to losses, we maintain stop-loss coverage through third-party insurers.
Successor share-based expense—In June 2010 the members of Parent Co.'s Board of Directors approved the granting of nonqualified stock options to members of management and outside board members pursuant the terms of the Dave & Buster's Parent, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan ("2010 Parent Co. Incentive Plan"). Each grantee received (i) time vesting options, which vest ratably on the first through fifth anniversary of the date of grant and (ii) performance vesting options which include EBITDA vesting options which vest over a five year period based on Parent Co. meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year and IRR vesting options which shall vest upon a change in control of Parent Co. if Oak Hill's internal rate of return is greater than or equal to certain percentages set forth in the applicable option agreement, in each case subject to the grantee’s continued employment with or service to Parent Co. or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination.)
The expense associated with share-based equity awards granted as more fully described in Note 11 have been calculated as required by current accounting standards related to stock compensation. The grant date fair values of the options granted in 2010 have been determined based on the option pricing method prescribed in AICPA Practice Aid,  Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The expected term of the options were based on the weighted average of anticipated exercise dates. Since we do not have publicly traded equity securities, the volatility of our options has been estimated using peer group volatility information. The risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to the expected term. The significant assumptions used in determining the underlying fair value of the weighted-average options granted in fiscal 2010 were as follows:

  	  	Fiscal Year 2010 Grants	 	
 	  	Service-
Based
Options	 	 	Performance
Based
Options	 	
Volatility	  	 	55.00	% 	 	 	55.00	% 	
Risk free interest rate	  	 	2.03	% 	 	 	2.03	% 	
Expected dividend yield	  	 	0.00	% 	 	 	0.00	% 	
Expected term	  	 	4.67 years	  	 	 	4.67 years	  	
Weighted average calculated value	  	$	270.66	  	 	$	78.83	  	
Predecessor share-based expense—In December 2006, the members of the board of directors of D&B Holdings approved the adoption of D&B Holdings stock option plan (the “Predecessor Stock Option Plan”). The Predecessor Stock Option Plan allowed for the granting to certain of our employees and consultants options to acquire stock in D&B Holdings. On the closing date of the Acquisition described in Note 3 all vested options to acquire D&B Holdings’ common stock were converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the per share exercise price and the per share acquisition consideration without interest.
The expense associated with share-based equity awards granted as more fully described in Note 11 have been calculated as required by current accounting standards related to stock compensation. No options were granted under this plan in the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010 or in 2008. The grant date fair values of the options granted in 2009 have been determined based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model. We determined that this model yields materially similar values to option pricing models previously used and allows for the application of a uniform set of criteria across all grants. The expected term of the options were based on the weighted average of anticipated exercise dates. Since we do not have publicly traded equity securities, the volatility of our options has been estimated using peer group volatility information. The risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to the expected term. We did not pay any dividends during the period from the establishment of the plan in December 2006 through May 31, 2010. The significant assumptions used in determining the underlying fair value of the weighted-average options granted in fiscal 2009 were as follows:
 
F-10

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued

  	  	Fiscal Year 2009 Grants	 	
 	  	Service-
Based
Options	 	 	Performance
Based
Options	 	
Valuation Model	  	Black-Scholes	 	 	Black-Scholes	 	
Volatility	  	 	55.00	% 	 	 	55.00	% 	
Risk free interest rate	  	 	1.50	% 	 	 	1.40	% 	
Expected dividend yield	  	 	0.00	% 	 	 	0.00	% 	
Expected term	  	 	2.7 years	  	 	 
 	2.7
years	  
  	
Weighted average calculated value	  	$	495.40	  	 	$	491.92	  	
Foreign currency translation—The financial statements related to the operations of our Toronto store are prepared in Canadian dollars. Income statement amounts are translated at average exchange rates for each period, while the assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. Translation adjustments for assets and liabilities are included in shareholders’ equity as a component of comprehensive income.
Revenue recognition—Food and beverage revenues are recorded at point of service. Amusement revenues consist primarily of credits on Power Cards purchased and used by customers to activate most of the video and redemption games in our midway. Amusement revenues are primarily recognized upon utilization of these game play credits. We have recognized a liability for the estimated amount of unused game play credits, which we believe our guests will utilize in the future.
Food and beverage cost of products—Our dependence on a small number of suppliers subjects us to the possible risks of shortages, interruptions and price fluctuations. We have entered into a long-term contract with U.S. Foodservice, Inc. which provides for the purchasing, warehousing and distributing of a substantial majority of our food, non-alcoholic beverage and chemical supplies.
Amusements costs of products—Certain midway games allow guests to earn coupons, which may be redeemed for prizes. The cost of these prizes is included in the cost of amusement products and is generally recorded when coupons are utilized by the customer by redeeming the coupons for a prize in our “Winner’s Circle.” Customers may also store the coupon value on a Power Card for future redemption. We have accrued a liability for the estimated amount of outstanding coupons that will be redeemed in subsequent periods based on coupons outstanding, historic redemption patterns and the estimated redemption cost of products per coupon.
Advertising costs—Advertising costs are recorded as an expense in the period in which we incur the costs or the first time the advertising takes place. Adverstising costs expensed in the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor) and the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor) totaled $17,004 and $9,660, respectively. Advertising costs expensed in fiscal years 2009 and 2008 were $26,588 and $26,605, respectively.
Lease accounting—Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease term commences on the date when we take possession and have the right to control the use of the leased premises. The lease term includes the initial non-cancelable lease term plus any periods covered by renewal options that we consider reasonably assured of exercising. The difference between rent payments and rent expense in any period is recorded as Deferred occupancy costs in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Construction allowances we receive from the lessor to reimburse us for the cost of leasehold improvements are recorded as deferred occupancy costs and amortized as a reduction of rent over the term of the lease.
Related party transaction—Prior to the Acquisition we had an expense reimbursement agreement with an affiliate of Wellspring, pursuant to which the Wellspring affiliate provided general advice to us in connection with long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provided for an annual expense reimbursement of up to $750 to the Wellspring affiliate. The agreement also provided for the dollar-for-dollar reimbursement of certain third-party expenses paid by Wellspring on behalf of the Company. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement would have expired in March 2011, and after that date, such agreement would renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention not to renew. In the 120 days ended May 31, 2010, we paid the Wellspring affiliate $255 under the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement. In each fiscal year 2009 and 2008, we paid the Wellspring affiliate $750 under the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement. During the Predecessor portion of fiscal 2010, we expensed approximately $4,280 related to the sale of Dave & Buster’s arranged by Wellspring. During fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, we expensed approximately $155 and $1,184, respectively, for third-party expenses arranged by Wellspring in connection with the potential sale of Dave & Buster’s or the initial public offering of D&B Holdings.
We entered into an expense reimbursement agreement with Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition. Pursuant to this Agreement, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC provides general advice to us in
 
F-11

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
connection with our long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of certain expenses of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement expires in June 2015 and after that date such agreement will renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention not to renew. During fiscal 2010, we expensed approximately $4,638 related to the Acquisition of Dave & Buster’s directed by Oak Hill.
Pre-opening costs—Pre-opening costs include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores or conversion of existing stores, including the cost of feasibility studies, pre-opening rent, training and recruiting and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. All pre-opening costs are expensed as incurred.
Comprehensive income—Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. In addition to net income (loss), unrealized foreign currency translation gain (loss) is included in comprehensive income. Unrealized translation gains for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor) and the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor) were $195 and $49, respectively. Unrealized translation gains (losses) for fiscal years 2009 and 2008 were $250 and $(1,228), respectively.
Recent accounting pronouncements—In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended the guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures. This guidance uses a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value and requires companies to provide additional disclosures based on that hierarchy. The three-levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows: Level 1 defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date, Level 2 defined as pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, Level 3 defined as pricing inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. Effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, disclosure of the amount of and reasons for significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements is required. The amendment also clarified that for Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements, valuation techniques and inputs used for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements are required to be disclosed. The adoption of this guidance on February 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, a reporting entity should separately present information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis in its reconciliation of Level 3 recurring fair value measurements. This accounting guidance is not expected to materially affect the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Review of Subsequent Events—We have evaluated subsequent events through the issuance date of our consolidated financial statements. There were no material subsequent events noted, except for the issuance of Senior Discount Notes by Parent Co. as disclosed in Note 1.
Note 3: Mergers and Acquisitions
Acquisition by Oak Hill
The Acquisition described in Note 1 is being accounted for in accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations and accordingly, has resulted in the recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. On the closing date of the Acquisition the following events occurred:
 
 	•	 	All outstanding shares of D&B Holdings’ common stock were converted into the right to receive the per share acquisition consideration;	
 
 	•	 	All vested options to acquire D&B Holdings’ common stock were converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the per share exercise price and the per share acquisition consideration without interest;	
 
 	•	 	We retired all outstanding debt and accrued interest related to the Predecessor’s senior credit facility and senior notes;	
 
 	•	 	We issued $200,000 of 11% senior notes due 2018 (“New Senior Notes”);	
 
 	•	 	We entered into a senior secured credit facility which provides for senior secured financing of up to $200,000 consisting of:	
 
 	•	 	a $150,000 term loan facility with a maturity on June 1, 2016, and	
 
F-12

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
 	•	 	a $50,000 revolving credit facility, including a sub-facility of up to the U.S. dollar equivalent of $1,000 for borrowings in Canadian dollars by our Canadian subsidiary, a letter of credit sub-facility, and a swingline sub-facility, with a maturity on June 1, 2015.	
The Acquisition resulted in a change in ownership of 100% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The purchase price paid in the Acquisition has been "pushed down" to the Company's financial statements and is allocated to record the acquired assets and liabilities assumed based on their fair value. The Acquisition and the allocation of the purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of June 1, 2010 has been recorded based on internal assessments and third party valuation studies. We do not expect any additional material adjustments to these values in the first quarter of 2011.
The aggregate purchase price was $595,998 in cash and newly issued debt, as described above. The following table represents the allocation of the acquisition costs, including professional fees and other related costs, to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values:

At June 1, 2010	  	 	 	
Purchase price:	  	 	 	 	
Cash, including acquisition costs	  	$	245,498	  	
Debt, including debt issuance costs, net of discount	  	 	350,500	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total consideration	  	 	595,998	  	
Acquisition related costs:	  	 	 	 	
Included in general and administrative expenses for the fifty-two weeks ended January 30, 2011	  	 	8,918	  	
Included in interest expense for fifty-two weeks ended January 30, 2011	  	 	3,000	  	
Included in Other long-term assets	  	 	12,591	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total acquisition related costs	  	 	24,509	  	
Allocation of purchase price:	  	 	 	 	
Current assets, including cash and cash equivalents of $19,718 and a current deferred tax asset of $15,759	  	 	70,973	  	
Property and equipment	  	 	315,914	  	
Trade name	  	 	79,000	  	
Other assets and deferred charges, including definite lived intangibles of $10,700	  	 	37,702	  	
Goodwill	  	 	272,626	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	  	 	776,215	  	
Current liabilities	  	 	64,911	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	65,521	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	36,928	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	12,857	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities assumed	  	 	180,217	  	
Net assets acquired, before debt	  	 	595,998	  	
Newly issued long-term debt, net of discount	  	 	350,500	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Net assets acquired	  	$	245,498	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The Company’s third quarter fiscal 2010 Form 10-Q included an allocation of the purchase price based on preliminary data. During the fourth quarter of 2010 the Company recorded an adjustment to decrease goodwill by $622 and decrease liabilities by $622.
The following table presents the allocation of the intangible assets subject to amortization (amounts in thousands, except for amortization periods):

 	  	Amount	 	  	Weighted  Avg.
Amortization
Years	 	
Trademarks	  	$	8,500	  	  	 	7.0	  	
Non-compete agreements	  	 	500	  	  	 	2.0	  	
Customer relationships	  	 	1,700	  	  	 	9.0	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets subject to amortization	  	$	10,700	  	  	 	7.1	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The goodwill of $272,626 arising from the Acquisition is largely attributable to the growth potential of the Company. As the
 
F-13

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
Company does not have more than one operating segment, allocation of goodwill between segments is not required. A portion of the trademarks are deductible for tax purposes. No other intangibles, including goodwill, are deductible for tax purposes.
The fair value of other assets and deferred charges acquired includes notes receivable arising from sale-leaseback transactions on two properties with a fair value of $2,377. As of the Acquisition date, the gross amount due under the notes is $3,839, of which none is expected to be uncollectible.
Liabilities assumed were adjusted from Predecessor balances to recognize additional deferred income tax liabilities related to the increase in asset carrying values described above and to reflect the fair value of the obligations under operating leases.
Indefinite lived intangibles include tradenames in the amount of $79,000 and goodwill in the amount of $272,626 which are not subject to amortization, but instead are reviewed for impairment at least annually.
The Successor period transaction expenses consist of a $3,000 fee related to bridge loan financing required to complete the Acquisition and approximately $4,638 in charges for legal and professional services related to the Acquisition. The Predecessor period transaction expenses consist of approximately $4,280 in charges for legal and professional services related to the Acquisition. The bridge financing fee is reported as a component of interest expense, net and the legal and professional fees are reported as general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.
Historically, the Predecessor has accounted for amusement smallwares as a component of inventory. Amusements smallwares inventory includes items classified in the following categories: electronics, general supplies, game parts, light bulbs and powercards. These supplies are necessary for the start-up and day-to-day amusement operation of a store and supply levels on hand remain relatively constant over time. The successor has elected to classify amusement smallwares as a component of fixed assets and depreciate the assets over an estimated useful life of five years. Replacements of amusement smallwares items will be expensed as incurred.
Supplemental pro forma financial information—The following supplemental unaudited pro forma results of operations assumes that the Acquisition occurred on the first day of the fiscal year for each period presented. This unaudited pro forma information should not be relied upon as necessarily being indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the Acquisition had actually occurred on that date, nor the results that may be obtained in the future. Pro forma amounts reflect additional expenses incurred had the Acquisition occurred at the time as indicated above and consist primarily of interest, depreciation and amortization and income tax expenses.

 	  	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	
January 30, 2011	  	 	 	 	
As reported:	  	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	521,539	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	(7,295	) 	
Supplemental pro forma:	  	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	 	521,539	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	(2,515	) 	
January 31, 2010	  	 	 	 	
As reported:	  	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	 	520,783	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	(350	) 	
Supplemental pro forma:	  	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	 	520,783	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	(10,755	) 	
Acquisition of Limited Partnership
Effective June 30, 2009, we acquired the 49.9% limited partner interest in a limited partnership which owns a Jillian’s store in the Discover Mills Mall near Atlanta, Georgia. Prior to our June 30, 2009 acquisition, we owned a 50.1% general partner interest in the limited partnership. Historically, we accounted for our ownership of the general partnership interest using the equity method due to the substantive participative rights of the limited partner in the operations of the partnership.
The acquisition date fair value of the consideration given for the limited partner interest was $1,860 and consisted of an
 
F-14

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
agreement to extend the underlying premises lease by an additional thirty-two months. Under the terms of the extended lease we also agreed to convert the Jillian’s operations to the “Dave & Buster’s” trade name by January 30, 2010. The Company completed the conversion of the store operations to Dave & Buster’s on November 12, 2009.
The acquisition of the limited partner interest was accounted for in accordance with accounting guidance for business combinations and, accordingly, resulted in the recognition of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the June 30, 2009 fair values as summarized below:

 	  	Fair Value	 	
Assets:	  	 	 	 	
Current asset	  	$	1,030	  	
Property and equipment, net	  	 	2,185	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	3,215	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	  	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	  	$	498	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	2,360	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	  	$	2,858	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The acquisition resulted in a gain of approximately $357, which is included as a component of Other store operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Note 4: Fair Value
In March 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance regarding disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities. Entities with instruments subject to this accounting guidance are required to provide qualitative disclosures including (a) how and why derivative instruments are used, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedge items are accounted for under this accounting guidance, and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Additionally, under this accounting guidance, entities must disclose the fair values of derivative instruments and their gains and losses in a tabular format that identifies the location of derivative positions and the effect of their use in an entity’s financial statements. The new accounting guidance for fair value requires companies to disclose the fair value of their financial instruments according to a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This guidance requires companies to provide additional disclosures based on that hierarchy. The three-levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows: 1) defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date, 2) defined as pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, 3) defined as pricing inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. Effective February 2, 2009, we adopted the new guidance.
In February 2007, the FASB issued accounting guidance that permits entities to report many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. If the fair value option is elected, unrealized gains and losses will be recognized in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. Effective February 4, 2008, we adopted this guidance. We did not elect to measure any additional financial assets or liabilities at fair value that were not already measured at fair value under existing standards. Therefore, the adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.
The fair value of our interest rate swap contracts was determined by third parties by means of a mathematical model that calculates the present value of the anticipated cash flows from the transaction using mid-market prices and other economic data and assumptions, or by means of pricing indications from one or more other dealers selected at their discretion.
As of January 30, 2011 there were no financial assets or liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as the interest rate swaps agreements were settled in connection with the Acquisition.
At January 31, 2010, we held two interest rate swap contracts. The interest rate swaps are utilized to change a portion of the variable rate debt on our senior credit facility to fixed rate debt. Pursuant to the swap contracts, the interest rate on notional amounts aggregating $57,400 at January 31, 2010 is fixed at 5.31% plus applicable margin. The notional amounts decline ratably over the term of the contracts. The contracts have not been designated as hedges and adjustments to mark the instruments to their fair value are recorded as interest income/expense.
 
F-15

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
The fair value and balance sheet location of our derivative instrument is as follows:

 	  	Liability Derivative	 	
 	  	January 30,  2011
(Successor)	 	  	January 31,  2010
(Predecessor)	 	
Derivatives not designated
as hedging instruments	  	Balance  Sheet
Location	 	  	Fair Value	 	  	Balance  Sheet
Location	 	  	Fair Value	 	
Interest rate swap contracts	  	 	Accrued liabilities	  	  	$	—  	  	  	 	Accrued liabilities	  	  	$	2,114	  	
The effect of our derivative instrument on our consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

 	  	Location of Gain	 	  	Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized In
Income on Derivative	 	
Derivative not designated
as hedging instruments	  	(Loss) Recognized In
Income on Derivative	 	  	Fiscal Year Ended
January 30, 2011	 	  	Fiscal Year Ended
January 1, 2010	 	
 	  	 	 	  	(Successor)	 	  	(Predecessor)	 	
Interest rate swap contracts	  	 	Interest expense, net	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	1,992	  	
Note 5: Casualty loss
On May 2, 2010, flooding occurred in Nashville, Tennessee causing considerable damage to the city and surrounding area. Our Nashville store sustained significant damage, as did the retail mall where our store is located. The store is covered by up to $25,000 in property and business interruption insurance subject to an overall deductible of one thousand dollars. We have initiated property insurance claims, including business interruption, with our insurers. We cannot estimate at this time when the store will be back in operation. We do have the right under our insurance coverage to relocate the store within the Nashville area or, at our election, to another metropolitan area.
Prior to June 1, 2010, we reduced the carrying value of inventories and property and equipment, net at this location and recorded a corresponding $2,999 receivable (net of $500 payment received during the second quarter) related to the anticipated insurance proceeds for these items. During the fourth quarter, the company received $4,308 additional insurance proceeds related to computers, furniture, fixtures and game equipment. The net result of this payment was a $3,757 pretax gain and that amount is included as a reduction to “Other store operating expenses” in the Successor’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. This gain is the difference between the $4,808 cash proceeds received from our insurance carrier and the $1,051 receivable balance previously recorded for these assets. $2,448 related to inventories and other property and equipment remain in insurance receivable at January 30, 2011. Also included in the receivable balance is $682, net of $326 payment received during the fourth quarter, related to the anticipated proceeds for flood clean up and other miscellaneous expenses. The $3,130 insurance receivable is included in “Other current assets” in the company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. This receivable represents our estimate of the carrying value of remaining net assets recoverable and reimbursement for flood cleanup expenses from our insurance policies based on the coverage in place and correspondence with our insurance carriers. All receivable amounts are expected to be collected. We have not recorded any gains or losses related to the amounts included in the insurance receivable.
In addition to the recoveries noted above, the company has received $4,398 payment from our insurance carriers related to business interruption losses including a portion related to fiscal 2011. $2,769 has been recognized as a reduction to “Other store operating expenses” in the Successor’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. The balance of $1,629 is included in “Accrued liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as it relates to estimated losses in future periods. The deferred insurance proceeds will be recognized during the applicable future periods.
Note 6: Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
F-16

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued

 	  	Estimated Depreciable
Lives (In Years)	 	  	January 30,
2011	 	 	  	  	January 31,
2010	 	
 	  	 	 	  	(Successor)	 	 	  	  	(Predecessor)	 	
Land	  	 	—  	  	  	$	440	  	 	 	  	$	385	  	
Buildings	  	 
 	Shorter of 40
or ground lease term	  
  	  	 	15,217	  	 	 	  	 	16,356	  	
Leasehold and building improvements	  	 

 	Shorter of 20

Or lease term	 

  	  	 	209,538	  	 	 	  	 	280,629	  	
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	  	 	5-10	  	  	 	55,292	  	 	 	  	 	100,519	  	
Games	  	 	5-20	  	  	 	49,664	  	 	 	  	 	68,391	  	
Construction in progress	  	 	—  	  	  	 	7,375	  	 	 	  	 	16,552	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total cost	  	 	 	 	  	 	337,526	  	 	 	  	 	482,832	  	
Accumulated depreciation	  	 	 	 	  	 	(32,707	) 	 	 	  	 	(188,681	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Property and equipment, net	  	 	 	 	  	$	304,819	  	 	 	  	$	294,151	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Note 7: Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 	  	January 30,
2011	 	  	  	  	January 31,
2010	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	  	  	  	(Predecessor)	 	
Compensation and benefits	  	$	11,304	  	  	 	  	$	12,042	  	
Interest	  	 	6,079	  	  	 	  	 	9,305	  	
Deferred amusement revenue	  	 	9,966	  	  	 	  	 	8,076	  	
Amusement redemption liability	  	 	4,842	  	  	 	  	 	4,175	  	
Deferred gift card revenue	  	 	3,683	  	  	 	  	 	3,729	  	
Sales and use taxes	  	 	2,625	  	  	 	  	 	2,767	  	
Customer deposits	  	 	1,759	  	  	 	  	 	1,434	  	
Property taxes	  	 	3,174	  	  	 	  	 	2,683	  	
Rent	  	 	5,909	  	  	 	  	 	6,002	  	
Other	  	 	10,523	  	  	 	  	 	6,929	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	
Total accrued liabilities	  	$	59,864	  	  	 	  	$	57,142	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	
Note 8: Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 	  	January 30,
2011	 	 	  	  	January 31,
2010	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	  	  	(Predecessor)	 	
Senior credit facility—revolving	  	$	—  	  	 	 	  	$	—  	  	
Senior credit facility—term	  	 	149,250	  	 	 	  	 	67,250	  	
Senior notes	  	 	200,000	  	 	 	  	 	160,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total debt outstanding	  	 	349,250	  	 	 	  	 	227,250	  	
Unamortized debt discount	  	 	(1,332	) 	 	 	  	 	—  	  	
Less current installments	  	 	1,500	  	 	 	  	 	836	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Long-term debt, less current installments, net of unamortized discount	  	$	346,418	  	 	 	  	$	226,414	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The Company received net proceeds on the term loan facility of $148,500, net of discount of $1,500. The discount is being amortized to interest expense over the life of the term loan facility.
Senior Credit Facility
In connection with the Acquisition, we terminated the Predecessor’s credit facility and entered into a new credit facility that
 
F-17

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
provides (a) a $150,000 term loan facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2016 and (b) a $50,000 revolving credit facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2015. The $50,000 revolving credit facility includes (i) a $20,000 letter of credit sub-facility (ii) a $5,000 swingline sub-facility and (iii) a $1,000 (in US Dollar equivalent) sub-facility available in Canadian dollars to the Canadian subsidiary. The revolving credit facility will be used to provide financing for general purposes. Upon consummation of the Acquisition, we drew $150,000 under the term loan facility, $2,000 under the new revolving credit facility and had $5,641 in letters of credit outstanding. As of January 30, 2011, we had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility, borrowings of $149,250 ($147,918, net of discount) under the term facility and $6,841 in letters of credit outstanding. We believe that the carrying amount of our term credit facility approximates its fair value because the interest rates are adjusted regularly based on current market conditions.
The interest rates per annum applicable to loans, other than swingline loans, under our new senior secured credit facility are, set periodically based on, at our option, either (1) the greatest of (a) the defined prime rate in effect, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect plus   1 / 2  of 1% and (c) a Eurodollar rate (or, in the case of the Canadian revolving credit facility, a Canadian prime rate), (or, in the case of the Canadian revolving credit facility, a Canadian cost funds rate) for one-, two-, three- or six-months (or, if agreed by the applicable lenders, nine or twelve months) or, in relation to the Canadian revolving credit facility, 30-, 60-, 90- or 180-day interest periods chosen by us or our Canadian subsidiary, as applicable in each case (the “Base Rate”), plus an applicable margin percentage between 2.50% and 4.50% or (2) a defined Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin. Swingline loans bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin. The weighted average rate of interest on borrowings under our senior credit facility was 6.0% at January 30, 2011.
The new senior credit facility requires compliance with financial covenants including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test and a maximum leverage ratio test. The Company will initially be required to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.00:1.00 and a maximum leverage ratio of 5.25:1.00 as of January 30, 2011. The financial covenants will become more restrictive over time. The required minimum fixed charge coverage ratio increases annually to a required ratio of 1.30:1.00 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014 and thereafter. The maximum leverage ratio decreases annually to a required ratio of 3.25:1.00 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014 and thereafter. In addition, the new senior secured credit facility includes negative covenants restricting or limiting, D&B Holdings, Dave & Buster’s and its subsidiaries' ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and sell or acquire assets. Virtually all of the Company’s assets are pledged as collateral for the senior secured credit facility. The Company was in compliance with the debt covenants as of January 30, 2011.
The new senior secured credit facility also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross-acceleration to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), material judgments, actual or asserted failures of any guarantee or security document supporting the new senior secured credit facility to be in full force and effect and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the new senior secured credit facility would be entitled to take various actions, including acceleration of amounts due under the new senior secured credit facility and all other actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
Senior notes—In connection with the Acquisition on June 1, 2010, the Company closed a placement of $200,000 aggregate principal amount of senior notes. On November 15, 2010, the Company completed an exchange with the holders of the senior notes pursuant to which the previously existing notes (sold in June 2010 pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) were exchanged for an equal amount of newly issued senior notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act. The senior notes are general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company and mature on June 1, 2018. Interest on the notes is paid semi-annually and accrues at the rate of 11.0% per annum. On or after June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all, or from time-to-time, a part of the senior notes at redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) ranging from 105.5% to 100.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest on the senior notes. Prior to June 1, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40.0% of the original principal amount of the notes using the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 111.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. As of January 30, 2011, our $200,000 of senior notes had an approximate fair value of $223,750 based on quoted market price. The Company's senior notes are considered to be Level 1 instruments.
The new senior notes restrict the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, outside of the new senior credit facility, unless the consolidated coverage ratio exceeds 2.00:1.00 or other financial and operational requirements are met. Additionally, the terms of the notes restrict the Company’s ability to make certain payments to affiliated entities. The Company was in compliance with the debt covenants as of January 30, 2011.
Debt obligations—The following table sets forth our future debt payment obligations as of January 30, 2011 (excluding
 
F-18

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
repayment obligations under the revolving portion of our senior credit facility).

 	  	Debt Outstanding	 	
 	  	at January 30,
2011	 	
1 year or less	  	$	1,500	  	
2 years	  	 	1,875	  	
3 years	  	 	1,500	  	
4 years	  	 	1,500	  	
5 years	  	 	1,500	  	
Thereafter	  	 	341,375	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total future payments	  	$	349,250	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The following table sets forth our recorded interest expense, net:

 	  	244 Days
Ended
January  30,
2011	 	 	  	  	120 Days
Ended
May 31,
2010	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
January  31,
2010	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended
February  1,
2009	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	  	  	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Gross interest expense	  	$	25,737	  	 	 	  	$	7,180	  	 	$	23,078	  	 	$	27,221	  	
Capitalized interest	  	 	(62	) 	 	 	  	 	(110	) 	 	 	(640	) 	 	 	(522	) 	
Interest income	  	 	(189	) 	 	 	  	 	(94	) 	 	 	(316	) 	 	 	(522	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total interest expense, net	  	$	25,486	  	 	 	  	$	6,976	  	 	$	22,122	  	 	$	26,177	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note 9: Income Taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

 	  	244 Days
Ended
January 30,
2011	 	 	  	  	120 Days Ended
May  30,
2011	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended
January  31,
2010	 	 	Fiscal Year  Ended
February 1,
2009	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	  	  	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Current expense	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	  	$	(1,527	) 	 	 	  	$	578	  	 	$	3,219	  	 	$	3,611	  	
Foreign	  	 	188	  	 	 	  	 	47	  	 	 	244	  	 	 	(237	) 	
State and local	  	 	33	  	 	 	  	 	1,019	  	 	 	2,883	  	 	 	305	  	
Deferred expense (benefit)	  	 	(1,245	) 	 	 	  	 	(2,241	) 	 	 	(6,247	) 	 	 	(3,724	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	$	(2,551	) 	 	 	  	$	(597	) 	 	$	99	  	 	$	(45	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Significant components of the deferred tax liabilities and assets in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 	  	January 30,
2011	 	  	  	  	January 31,
2010	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	  	  	  	(Predecessor)	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	
Trademark/trade name	  	$	31,625	  	  	 	  	$	22,236	  	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	493	  	  	 	  	 	552	  	
Property and equipment	  	 	5,021	  	  	 	  	 	—  	  	
Other	  	 	232	  	  	 	  	 	695	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	  	$	37,371	  	  	 	  	$	23,483	  	
 
F-19

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued

Deferred tax assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property and equipment	  	$	—  	  	 	$	4,672	  	
Leasing transactions	  	 	1,202	  	 	 	5,064	  	
Worker’s compensation and general liability insurance	  	 	3,711	  	 	 	3,223	  	
Smallware supplies	  	 	730	  	 	 	745	  	
Deferred revenue	  	 	5,421	  	 	 	4,331	  	
Deferred compensation	  	 	309	  	 	 	1,383	  	
Interest rate swap expense	  	 	—  	  	 	 	822	  	
Accrued liabilities	  	 	1,481	  	 	 	1,250	  	
Tax credit carryovers	  	 	6,840	  	 	 	55	  	
State and federal net operating loss carryovers	  	 	8,472	  	 	 	4,845	  	
Indirect benefit of unrecognized tax benefits	  	 	614	  	 	 	707	  	
Other	  	 	1,899	  	 	 	808	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets	  	 	30,679	  	 	 	27,905	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets – US	  	 	(10,347	) 	 	 	(10,401	) 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets – Canada	  	 	(480	) 	 	 	(386	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance	  	 	19,852	  	 	 	17,118	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax liability	  	$	17,519	  	 	$	6,365	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At January 30, 2011, we had a $10,827 valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was established in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes. Primarily as a result of our experiencing cumulative losses before income taxes for the three-year period ending January 30, 2011, we could not conclude that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax asset will be fully realized. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences become deductible.
As of January 30, 2011, we had federal tax credit carryforwards of $6,787 and federal net operating loss carryforwards of $10,504 for income tax purposes. There is a 20-year carryforward on general business credits and net operating loss carryforwards.
The State of Texas has enacted legislation which established a tax based on taxable margin. As a result of the legislation and in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes, we recorded an income tax expense of $222 for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011.
We currently anticipate that approximately $11 of unrecognized tax benefits will be settled through federal and state audits or will be recognized as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations during fiscal 2011. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, $836 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
We file income tax returns, which are periodically audited by various federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. We are generally no longer subject to federal, state, or foreign income tax examinations for years prior to 2006.
The change in unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest, penalties and related income tax benefits, for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011, 120 days ended May 31, 2010 and January 31, 2010 were as follows:

 	  	244 Days Ended
January  30,
2011	 	 	120 Days Ended
May  31,
2010	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended
January 31,
2010	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Balance at beginning of year	  	$	2,062	  	 	$	2,199	  	 	$	2,242	  	
Additions for tax positions of prior years	  	 	—  	  	 	 	442	  	 	 	366	  	
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	  	 	(161	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Additions for tax positions of current year	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Settlements	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(579	) 	 	 	(39	) 	
Lapse of statute of limitations	  	 	(1,020	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(370	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at end of year	  	$	881	  	 	$	2,062	  	 	$	2,199	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of January 30, 2011, the accrued interest and penalties on the unrecognized tax benefits were $768 and $175, respectively,
 
F-20

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
excluding any related income tax benefits. As of January 31, 2010, the accrued interest and penalties on the unrecognized tax benefits were $856 and $144, respectively, excluding any related income tax benefits. The $88 decrease in accrued interest is primarily related to the lapse of the statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions established at the beginning of the fiscal year as well as tax positions added in fiscal 2010. The Company recognized interest accrued related to the unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as a component of the provision for income taxes recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective income tax rate follows:

 	  	244 Days Ended
January  30,
2011	 	 	120 Days Ended
May  31,
2010	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended
January  31,
2010	 	 	Fiscal Year  Ended
February 1,
2009	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Federal corporate statutory rate	  	 	35.0	% 	 	 	35.0	% 	 	 	35.0	% 	 	 	35.0	% 	
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit	  	 	(8.6	)%     	 	 	2.6	% 	 	 	(545.7	)% 	 	 	(13.5	)% 	
Foreign taxes	  	 	(0.9	)% 	 	 	(1.4	)% 	 	 	(129.5	)% 	 	 	(8.6	)% 	
Nondeductible expenses	  	 	(22.4	)% 	 	 	(10.6	)% 	 	 	(327.4	)% 	 	 	49.7	% 	
Tax credits	  	 	18.4	% 	 	 	29.8	% 	 	 	941.0	% 	 	 	(141.0	)% 	
Valuation allowance	  	 	(2.2	)% 	 	 	(26.3	)% 	 	 	(331.0	)% 	 	 	67.8	% 	
Change in reserve	  	 	16.9	% 	 	 	2.7	% 	 	 	(100.7	)% 	 	 	13.9	% 	
Other	  	 	(3.0	)% 	 	 	(10.0	)% 	 	 	418.9	% 	 	 	(6.2	)% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effective tax rate	  	 	33.2	% 	 	 	21.8	% 	 	 	(39.4	)% 	 	 	(2.9	)% 	
Note 10: Leases
We lease certain property and equipment under various non-cancelable capital and operating leases. Some of the leases include options for renewal or extension on various terms. Most of the leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance and maintenance of the leased assets. Certain leases also have provisions for additional percentage rentals based on revenues. For the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 (Successor) and the 120 days ended May 31, 2010 (Predecessor), rent expense for operating leases was $30,502 and $15,140, respectively, including contingent rentals of $1,358 and $945, respectively. For fiscal 2009 and 2008, rent expense for operating leases was $44,143, and $41,771, respectively, including contingent rentals of $1,475 and $707, respectively. At January 30, 2011 future minimum lease payments, including any periods covered by renewal options we are reasonably assured of exercising (including the sale/leaseback transactions described below), are:

2011	  	2012	  	2013	  	2014	  	2015	  	Thereafter	  	Total	
$47,292	  	$48,174	  	$47,417	  	$47,057	  	$45,575	  	$261,201	  	$496,716	
The above amounts include lease commitments related to our Nashville store which has been closed due to damage sustained during the May 2010 floods (see Note 5). Rent payments for this store have been suspended by our landlord until the store re-opens. Lease obligation related to our Nashville store from January 30, 2011 through May 9, 2015 included in the table above are $1,038 in Year 1 through Year 4 and $346 in Year 5.
We have also signed lease agreements for certain future sites. Our commitments under these agreements are contingent upon among other things, the landlord’s delivery of access to the premises for construction. Future obligations related to these agreements are not included in the table above.
During 2000 and 2001, we completed the sale/leaseback of three stores and the corporate headquarters. Cash proceeds of $24,774 were received along with twenty-year notes aggregating $6,750. The notes bear interest of 7% to 7.5%. At the end of fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, the aggregate balance of the notes receivable due from the lessors under the sale/leaseback agreements was $3,696, $3,908, and $4,105, respectively. Future minimum principal and interest payments due to us under these notes are as follows:

2011	  	2012	  	2013	  	2014	  	2015	  	Thereafter	  	Total	
$489	  	$529	  	$489	  	$489	  	$448	  	$2,932	  	$5,376	
Note 11: Common Stock
 
F-21

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
Stock Option Plans-Successor
In June 2010 the members of Parent Co.’s board of directors approved the granting of nonqualified stock options to members of management and outside board members pursuant the terms of the Dave & Buster's Parent, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan ("2010 Parent Co. Incentive Plan"). Each grantee received (i) time vesting options, which vest ratably on the first through fifth anniversary of the date of grant and (ii) performance vesting options which include EBITDA vesting options which vest over a five year period based on Parent Co. meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year and IRR vesting options which shall vest upon a change in control of Parent Co. if Oak Hill's internal rate of return is greater than or equal to certain percentages set forth in the applicable option agreement, in each case subject to the grantees continued employment with or service to Parent Co. or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination.) Options granted under the 2010 Parent Co. Incentive Plan terminate on the ten-year anniversary of the grants.
The various options provided for in the Stock Option Plan are as follows:
Service-based options
These options contain a service-based (or time-based) vesting provision, whereby the options will vest in five equal amounts. Upon sale of the Company or completion of the initial public offering, all service-based options will fully vest.
Performance-based options
These options contain various performance-based vesting provisions depending on the type of performance option granted. Adjusted EBITDA vesting options vest over a five year period based on Parent Co. meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year. EBITDA vesting options also vest upon a Parent Co. change of control provided that prescribed Oak Hill internal rate of return (IRR) conditions are met. IRR vesting options vest upon a change in control of Parent Co. if Oak Hill's internal rate of return is greater than or equal to certain percentages set forth in the applicable option agreement. Vesting of options in each case is subject to the grantee’s continued employment with or service to Parent Co. or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination) as of the vesting date. Any options that have not vested prior to a change of control or do not vest in connection with a change of control will be forfeited by the grantee upon a change of control for no consideration.
Transactions during the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 under the 2010 Parent Co. Incentive Plan were as follows:

 	  	Service based options	 	  	Performance based options	 	
 	  	Number
of Options	 	  	Weighted
Average
Exercise Price	 	  	Number
of Options	 	  	Weighted
Average
Exercise Price	 	
Options outstanding at beginning of year	  	 	—  	  	  	$	0.00	  	  	 	—  	  	  	$	0.00	  	
Granted	  	 	7,287	  	  	 	1,000.00	  	  	 	14,573	  	  	 	1,000.00	  	
Forfeited	  	 	47	  	  	 	1,000.00	  	  	 	93	  	  	 	1,000.00	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Options outstanding at end of year	  	 	7,240	  	  	 	1,000.00	  	  	 	14,480	  	  	 	1,000.00	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Options exercisable at end of year	  	 	0.00	  	  	 	n/a	  	  	 	0.00	  	  	 	n/a	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
We recorded share-based compensation expense related to our stock option plan of $794 during the 244 days ended January 30, 2011. The unrecognized expense related to our stock option plan totaled approximately $2,129 as of January 30, 2011 and will be expensed over a weighted average 2.1 years. The weighted average grant date fair value per option granted in 2010 was $143. The average remaining term for all options outstanding at January 30, 2011 is 9.3 years.
In the event that vesting of the unvested options is accelerated for any reason, the remaining unamortized share-based compensation would be accelerated. In addition, assumptions made regarding forfeitures in determining the remaining unamortized
 
F-22

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
share-based compensation would be re-evaluated to determine if additional share-based compensation expense would be required for any changes in the underlying assumptions.
Stock Option Plans-Predecessor
In December 2006, the members of the board of directors of D&B Holdings approved the adoption of the D&B Holdings stock option plan (the “Predecessor Stock Option Plan”). The Predecessor Stock Option Plan provided for the granting to certain of our employees and consultants options to acquire stock in D&B Holdings that are subject to either time-based vesting or performance-based vesting. On the closing date of the Acquisition described in Note 3 all vested options to acquire D&B Holdings’ common stock were converted into the right to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the per share exercise price and the per share acquisition consideration without interest.
The Predecessor Stock Option Plan provided for the granting of various options as follows:
Time-based Options
These options contained a service-based (or time-based) vesting provision, whereby the options will vest in five equal amounts. Upon sale of the Company all service-based options fully vested.
Performance-based Options
These options contained a performance-based vesting provision, whereby the options would vest if Wellspring’s internal rate of return is greater than or equal to certain percentages set forth in the applicable option agreement, in each case subject to the grantees continued employment with or service to D&B Holdings or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination.)
We recorded share-based compensation expense related to our stock option plan of $1,697, $723, and $880 in the 120 day period ended May 31, 2010, fiscal year 2009, and fiscal year 2008, respectively, related to this plan. The expense recorded in the 2010 Predecessor time period includes $1,317 of expense related to the acceleration of option vesting as a result of the Acquisition described in Note 3.
Note 12: Employee Benefit Plan
We sponsor a plan to provide retirement benefits under the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”) for all employees who have completed a specified term of service. Our contributions may range from 0% to 100% of employee contributions, up to a maximum of 6% of eligible employee compensation, as defined by the 401(k) Plan. Employees may elect to contribute up to 50% of their eligible compensation on a pretax basis. Benefits under the 401(k) Plan are limited to the assets of the 401(k) Plan. Our contributions to the 401(k) plan were $153, $260, and $283 for fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
Note 13: Contingencies
Under a previously disclosed settlement with the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), we are required to establish, implement, and maintain a comprehensive information security program that is reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality, and integrity of personal information collected from or about consumers. This information security program contains administrative, technical, and physical safeguards designed to (a) identify material internal and external risks to the security, confidentiality, and integrity of personal information that could result in the unauthorized disclosure, misuse, loss, alteration, destruction, or other compromise of such information, (b) control the identified risks, and (c) ensure that our third-party service providers are capable of appropriately safeguarding personal information they receive from us. As part of the information security program, for a ten-year period, we obtain biennial assessments and reports from an independent auditor that set out the safeguards implemented and maintained by us, and explain how such safeguards meet or exceed the protections required by the terms of the Order. The Order is binding upon us for twenty years. The Order does not require us to pay any fines or other monetary assessments and we do not believe that the terms of the Order will have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, or financial performance.
We are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such legal proceedings and claims will not materially affect the consolidated results of our operations or our financial condition.
 
F-23

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued
 
We lease certain property and equipment under various non-cancelable operating leases. Some of the leases include options for renewal or extension on various terms. Most of the leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance, and maintenance of the leased assets. Certain leases also have provisions for additional percentage rentals based on revenues.
Note 14: Condensed Consolidating Financial Information
The senior notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by all domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The subsidiaries’ guarantee of the senior notes are full and unconditional and joint and several.
The accompanying condensed consolidating financial information has been prepared and presented pursuant to SEC Regulation S-X Rule 3-10 "Financial statements of guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered.” No other condensed consolidating financial statements are presented herein. The results of operations and cash flows from operating activities from the non-guarantor subsidiary were $(135) and $(1,874), respectively, for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011 and $(468) and $701, respectively for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010. There are no restrictions on cash distributions from the non-guarantor subsidiary.
January 30, 2011:
(Successor)

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors	 	  	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Dave & Buster’s
Inc.	 	
Assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	  	$	74,547	  	  	$	2,144	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	76,691	  	
Property and equipment, net	  	 	299,372	  	  	 	5,447	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	304,819	  	
Tradename	  	 	79,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	79,000	  	
Goodwill	  	 	272,626	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	272,626	  	
Investment in sub	  	 	4,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(4,000	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	31,328	  	  	 	78	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	31,406	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	760,873	  	  	$	7,669	  	  	$	(4,000	) 	 	$	764,542	  	

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors	 	  	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Dave & Buster’s
Inc.	 	
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	  	$	78,232	  	  	$	3,645	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	81,877	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	24,702	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	24,702	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	58,993	  	  	 	24	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	59,017	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	12,698	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	12,698	  	
Long-term debt, less current installments	  	 	346,418	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	346,418	  	
Stockholders’ equity	  	 	239,830	  	  	 	4,000	  	  	 	(4,000	) 	 	 	239,830	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	  	$	760,873	  	  	$	7,669	  	  	$	(4,000	) 	 	$	764,542	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
January 31, 2010:
(Predecessor)

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors	 	  	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Dave & Buster’s
Inc.	 	
Assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	  	$	44,692	  	  	$	2,094	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	46,786	  	
Property and equipment, net	  	 	289,817	  	  	 	4,334	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	294,151	  	
Tradename	  	 	63,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	63,000	  	
Goodwill	  	 	65,857	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	65,857	  	
Investment in sub	  	 	3,755	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(3,755	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	13,773	  	  	 	73	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	13,846	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	480,894	  	  	$	6,501	  	  	$	(3,755	) 	 	$	483,640	  	

F-24

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Continued

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-Guarantors	 	  	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Dave & Buster’s
Inc.	 	
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	  	$	78,188	  	  	$	2,520	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	80,708	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	11,493	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	11,493	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	60,486	  	  	 	226	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	60,712	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	11,667	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	11,667	  	
Long-term debt, less current installments	  	 	226,414	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	226,414	  	
Stockholders’ equity	  	 	92,646	  	  	 	3,755	  	  	 	(3,755	) 	 	 	92,646	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	  	$	480,894	  	  	$	6,501	  	  	$	(3,755	) 	 	$	483,640	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note 15: Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended January 30, 2011	 	
 	  	First
Quarter
5/2/2010	 	  	For the 29
Day Period
from 5/3/10
to 5/31/10	 	 	For the 62
Day Period
from 6/1/10
to 8/1/10	 	 	Third
Quarter
10/31/2010	 	 	Fourth
Quarter
1/30/2011	 	
 	  	(Predecessor)	 	  	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	
Total revenues	  	$	141,575	  	  	$	36,431	  	 	$	91,485	  	 	$	116,590	  	 	$	135,458	  	
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes	  	 	6,984	  	  	 	(9,719	)     	 	 	(6,055	) 	 	 	(9,485	) 	 	 	7,832	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	3,911	  	  	 	(6,049	) 	 	 	(3,430	) 	 	 	(6,228	) 	 	 	4,501	  	

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2010	 	
 	  	First
Quarter	 	  	Second
Quarter	 	 	Third
Quarter	 	 	Fourth
Quarter	 	
 	  	5/3/2009	 	  	8/2/2009	 	 	11/1/2009	 	 	1/31/2010	 	
 	  	(Predecessor)	 	  	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Total revenues	  	$	138,426	  	  	$	131,527	  	 	$	117,185	  	 	$	133,645	  	
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes	  	 	7,502	  	  	 	(1,415	) 	 	 	(10,008	) 	 	 	3,670	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	5,167	  	  	 	63	  	 	 	(5,490	) 	 	 	(90	) 	
During 2010, we opened two locations: Wauwatosa, Wisconsin in the first quarter and Roseville, California in the second quarter. During 2009, we opened three locations: Richmond, Virginia in the first quarter, Indianapolis, Indiana in the second quarter and Columbus, Ohio in the third quarter. Pre-opening costs incurred in fiscal 2010 were $1,189, $277, $371 and $452 in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively. Pre-opening costs incurred in fiscal 2009 were $1,146, $1,052, $983, and $700 in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.
 
F-25

Table of Contents
INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number	  	Description	
  3.1	  	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.(1)	
 	 	
  3.2	  	Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.(1)	
 	 	
  4.1	  	Indenture dated as of June 1, 2010 among the Registrant , the Guarantors as defined therein and Wells Fargo National Association, as Trustee. (1)	
 	 	
  4.2	  	Form of 11% Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.1)	
 	 	
10.1	  	Credit Agreement dated as of June 1, 2010, among Games Intermediate Merger Corp., Games Merger Corp., 6131646 Canada, Inc. and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto. (1)	
 	 	
10.2	  	Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2010, by and among Dave & Buster’s Management Corporation, the Registrant, and the various executive officers of the Registrant. (1)	
 	 	
10.3	  	Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan.(1)	
 	 	
12.1	  	Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.(2)	
 	 	
21.1	  	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.(2)	
 	 	
23.1	  	Consent of Ernst & Young.(2)	
 	 	
31.1	  	Certification of Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Registrant, pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a) or 17 CFR 240.15d-14(a). (2)	
 	 	
31.2	  	Certification of Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a) or 17 CFR 240.15d-14(a). (2)	
 	 	
32.1	  	Certification of Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (2)	
 	 	
32.2	  	Certification of Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (2)	
 
(1) 	Filed as an exhibit to registration statement on Form S-4 filed August 11, 2010, SEC File No. 333-168759, and incorporated herein by reference.	
 
(2) 	Filed herewith.	
 
E-1

Exhibit 12.1
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS
TO FIXED CHARGES
(dollars in thousands, except ratios)

 	 	244 Days Ended
January  30, 2011	 	 	120 Days Ended
May  31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended
January  31, 2010	 	 	Fiscal Year  Ended
February 1, 2009	 	
Income before provision for income taxes	 	$	(7,708	) 	 	$	(2,735	) 	 	$	(251	) 	 	$	1,570	  	
Add: Total fixed charges (per below)	 	 	35,801	  	 	 	12,177	  	 	 	37,645	  	 	 	40,888	  	
Less: Capitalized interest	 	 	62	  	 	 	110	  	 	 	640	  	 	 	522	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total income before provision for income taxes, plus fixed charges, less capitalized interest	 	 	28,031	  	 	 	9,332	  	 	 	36,754	  	 	 	41,936	  	
Fixed charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense(1)	 	 	25,673	  	 	 	7,071	  	 	 	22,438	  	 	 	26,787	  	
Capitalized interest	 	 	62	  	 	 	110	  	 	 	640	  	 	 	522	  	
Estimate of interest included in rental expense(2)	 	 	10,066	  	 	 	4,996	  	 	 	14,567	  	 	 	13,579	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed charges	 	$	35,801	  	 	$	12,177	  	 	$	37,645	  	 	$	40,888	  	
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(3)	 	 	0.78x	  	 	 	0.77x	  	 	 	0.98x	  	 	 	1.03x	  	
 
(1) 	Interest expense includes interest in association with debt and amortization of debt issuance costs.	
(2) 	Fixed charges include our estimate of interest included in rental payments (one-third of rent expense under operating leases).	
(3) 	Earnings for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011, 120 days ended May 31, 2010 and January 31, 2010 were insufficient to cover the fixed charges by $7,770, $2,845 and $891, respectively.	

Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Name	  	State or Other
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Or Organization	
D&B Leasing, Inc.	  	Texas	
D&B Marketing Company, LLC	  	Virginia	
D&B Realty Holding, Inc.	  	Missouri	
DANB Texas, Inc.	  	Texas	
Dave & Buster’s I, L.P.	  	Texas	
Dave & Buster’s Management Corporation, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of California, Inc.	  	California	
Dave & Buster’s of Colorado, Inc.	  	Colorado	
Dave & Buster’s of Florida, Inc.	  	Florida	
Dave & Buster’s of Georgia, Inc.	  	Georgia	
Dave & Buster’s of Hawaii, Inc.	  	Hawaii	
Dave & Buster’s of Illinois, Inc.	  	Illinois	
Dave & Buster’s of Indiana, Inc.	  	Indiana	
Dave & Buster’s of Kansas, Inc.	  	Kansas	
Dave & Buster’s of Maryland, Inc.	  	Maryland	
Dave & Buster’s of Massachusetts, Inc.	  	Massachusetts	
Dave & Buster’s of Nebraska, Inc.	  	Nebraska	
Dave & Buster’s of New York, Inc.	  	New York	
Dave & Buster’s of Oklahoma, Inc.	  	Oklahoma	
Dave & Buster’s of Oregon, Inc.	  	Oregon	
Dave & Buster’s of Pennsylvania, Inc.	  	Pennsylvania	
Dave & Buster’s of Pittsburgh, Inc.	  	Pennsylvania	
Dave & Buster’s of Virginia, Inc.	  	Virginia	
Dave & Buster’s of Washington, Inc.	  	Washington	
Dave & Buster’s of Wisconsin, Inc.	  	Wisconsin	
Sugarloaf Gwinnett Entertainment Company, L.P.	  	Delaware	
Tango Acquisition, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango License Corporation	  	Delaware	
Tango of Arizona, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Arundel, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Farmingdale, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Franklin, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Houston, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of North Carolina, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Sugarloaf, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Tennessee, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Westbury, Inc.	  	Delaware	
6131646 Canada, Inc.	  	Canada	

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the use of our report dated April 15, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. for the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
April 14, 2011

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer of Dave & Buster’s, Inc., certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dave & Buster’s, Inc.;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

 	 	 	
Date: April 14, 2011	 	 	 	/s/ Stephen M. King	
 	 	 	 	Stephen M. King	
 	 	 	 	Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dave & Buster’s, Inc., certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dave & Buster’s, Inc.;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

 	 	 	
Date: April 14, 2011	 	 	 	/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION
In connection with the Annual Report of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended January 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the applicable requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: April 14, 2011

/s/ Stephen M. King	
Stephen M. King	
Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION
In connection with the Annual Report of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended January 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the applicable requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: April 14, 2011

/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	
Brian A. Jenkins	
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer